X-Git-Url: http://nsz.repo.hu/git/?p=c-standard;a=blobdiff_plain;f=n1256.html;h=30198bee6d0ca7e8f3177a9980865ac9b3b63338;hp=c8996bb1a22c2a0f69d67e06502e4cdf65746051;hb=fb5050e94537cf9c61d58584264f1b3b0476e472;hpb=daefbb6400ba0f6e6bede9647587060d280c9235 diff --git a/n1256.html b/n1256.html index c8996bb..30198be 100644 --- a/n1256.html +++ b/n1256.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ WG14/N1256 Septermber 7, 2007 ISO/IEC 9899:TC3 -
-
+

 WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007                   ISO/IEC 9899:TC3
 
 
@@ -294,8 +293,8 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
 
 
  • 7.26.10 General utilities <stdlib.h>
  • 7.26.11 String handling <string.h> -
  • 7.26.12 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities -
  • 7.26.13 Wide character classification and mapping utilities +
  • 7.26.12 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities <wchar.h> +
  • 7.26.13 Wide character classification and mapping utilities <wctype.h>
  • Annex A (informative) Language syntax summary @@ -548,7 +547,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    1) This International Standard is designed to promote the portability of C programs among a variety of data-processing systems. It is intended for use by implementors and programmers. @@ -879,7 +878,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    2) A strictly conforming program can use conditional features (such as those in annex F) provided the use is guarded by a #ifdef directive with the appropriate macro. For example: @@ -980,7 +979,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    5) Implementations shall behave as if these separate phases occur, even though many are typically folded together in practice. Source files, translation units, and translated translation units need not necessarily be stored as files, nor need there be any one-to-one correspondence between these entities @@ -1011,7 +1010,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 as being both a constraint error and resulting in undefined behavior, the constraint error shall be diagnosed. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    8) The intent is that an implementation should identify the nature of, and where possible localize, each violation. Of course, an implementation is free to produce any number of diagnostics as long as a valid program is still correctly translated. It may also successfully translate an invalid program. @@ -1084,7 +1083,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 startup and program termination. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    9) Thus, int can be replaced by a typedef name defined as int, or the type of argv can be written as char ** argv, and so on. @@ -1107,7 +1106,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 termination status returned to the host environment is unspecified.

    Forward references: definition of terms (7.1.1), the exit function (7.20.4.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    10) In accordance with 6.2.4, the lifetimes of objects with automatic storage duration declared in main will have ended in the former case, even where they would not have in the latter. @@ -1279,7 +1278,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 signal function (7.14), files (7.19.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    11) The IEC 60559 standard for binary floating-point arithmetic requires certain user-accessible status flags and control modes. Floating-point operations implicitly set the status flags; modes affect result values of floating-point operations. Implementations that support such floating-point state are @@ -1379,7 +1378,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

  • -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    12) The trigraph sequences enable the input of characters that are not defined in the Invariant Code Set as described in ISO/IEC 646, which is a subset of the seven-bit US ASCII code set. @@ -1507,7 +1506,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

  • 63 levels of nested structure or union definitions in a single struct-declaration-list -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    13) Implementations should avoid imposing fixed translation limits whenever possible.

    14) See ''future language directions'' (6.11.3). @@ -1520,7 +1519,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 specified in <stdint.h>.

    Forward references: integer types <stdint.h> (7.18). -

    5.2.4.2.1 Sizes of integer types
    +
    5.2.4.2.1 Sizes of integer types <limits.h>

    The values given below shall be replaced by constant expressions suitable for use in #if preprocessing directives. Moreover, except for CHAR_BIT and MB_LEN_MAX, the @@ -1618,17 +1617,16 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 UCHAR_MAX.15) The value UCHAR_MAX shall equal 2CHAR_BIT - 1.

    Forward references: representations of types (6.2.6), conditional inclusion (6.10.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    15) See 6.2.5. -

    5.2.4.2.2 Characteristics of floating types
    +
    5.2.4.2.2 Characteristics of floating types <float.h>

    The characteristics of floating types are defined in terms of a model that describes a representation of floating-point numbers and values that provide information about an implementation's floating-point arithmetic.16) The following parameters are used to define the model for each floating-point type: -

             s          sign ((+-)1)
             b          base or radix of exponent representation (an integer > 1)
    @@ -1636,6 +1634,7 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
             p          precision (the number of base-b digits in the significand)
             fk         nonnegative integers less than b (the significand digits)
     
    +

    A floating-point number (x) is defined by the following model:

                         p
    @@ -1812,7 +1811,7 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
        LDBL_MIN                                           1E-37
     
    -
    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    Conversion from (at least) double to decimal with DECIMAL_DIG digits and back should be the identity function. @@ -1899,7 +1898,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 (7.20), input/output <stdio.h> (7.19), mathematics <math.h> (7.12). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    16) The floating-point model is intended to clarify the description of each floating-point characteristic and does not require the floating-point arithmetic of the implementation to be identical. @@ -2031,7 +2030,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    Forward references: declarations (6.7), expressions (6.5), external definitions (6.9), statements (6.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    21) There is no linkage between different identifiers.

    22) A function declaration can contain the storage-class specifier static only if it is at file scope; see @@ -2064,7 +2063,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    24) There is only one name space for tags even though three are possible. @@ -2108,7 +2107,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    25) The term ''constant address'' means that two pointers to the object constructed at possibly different times will compare equal. The address may be different during two different executions of the same program. @@ -2277,7 +2276,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 qualifiers (if any) of the type from which it is derived.

    A pointer to void shall have the same representation and alignment requirements as a - pointer to a character type.39) Similarly, pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of + pointer to a character type.39) Similarly, pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of compatible types shall have the same representation and alignment requirements. All @@ -2299,7 +2298,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    Forward references: compatible type and composite type (6.2.7), declarations (6.7). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    28) Implementation-defined keywords shall have the form of an identifier reserved for any use as described in 7.1.3. @@ -2385,7 +2384,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    Forward references: declarations (6.7), expressions (6.5), lvalues, arrays, and function designators (6.3.2.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    40) A positional representation for integers that uses the binary digits 0 and 1, in which the values represented by successive bits are additive, begin with 1, and are multiplied by successive integral powers of 2, except perhaps the bit with the highest position. (Adapted from the American National @@ -2460,7 +2459,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 for signed integer types the width is one greater than the precision. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    44) Some combinations of padding bits might generate trap representations, for example, if one padding bit is a parity bit. Regardless, no arithmetic operation on valid values can generate a trap representation other than as part of an exceptional condition such as an overflow, and this cannot occur @@ -2527,7 +2526,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 int f(int (*)(char *), double (*)[3]);

  • -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    46) Two types need not be identical to be compatible.

    47) As specified in 6.2.1, the later declaration might hide the prior declaration. @@ -2590,7 +2589,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    Forward references: enumeration specifiers (6.7.2.2), structure and union specifiers (6.7.2.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    48) The integer promotions are applied only: as part of the usual arithmetic conversions, to certain argument expressions, to the operands of the unary +, -, and ~ operators, and to both operands of the shift operators, as specified by their respective subclauses. @@ -2613,7 +2612,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 Otherwise, the new type is signed and the value cannot be represented in it; either the result is implementation-defined or an implementation-defined signal is raised. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    49) The rules describe arithmetic on the mathematical value, not the value of a given type of expression. @@ -2632,7 +2631,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 in an implementation-defined manner. If the value being converted is outside the range of values that can be represented, the behavior is undefined. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    50) The remaindering operation performed when a value of integer type is converted to unsigned type need not be performed when a value of real floating type is converted to unsigned type. Thus, the range of portable real floating values is (-1, Utype_MAX+1). @@ -2678,7 +2677,6 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 the result, whose type domain is the type domain of the operands if they are the same, and complex otherwise. This pattern is called the usual arithmetic conversions: -

    • First, if the corresponding real type of either operand is long double, the other operand is converted, without change of type domain, to a type whose @@ -2708,6 +2706,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 corresponding to the type of the operand with signed integer type.
    +

    The values of floating operands and of the results of floating expressions may be represented in greater precision and range than that required by the type; the types are not changed thereby.52) @@ -2717,7 +2716,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    51) For example, addition of a double _Complex and a float entails just the conversion of the float operand to double (and yields a double _Complex result). @@ -2763,7 +2762,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    53) The name ''lvalue'' comes originally from the assignment expression E1 = E2, in which the left operand E1 is required to be a (modifiable) lvalue. It is perhaps better considered as representing an object ''locator value''. What is sometimes called ''rvalue'' is in this International Standard described @@ -2829,7 +2828,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 capable of holding object pointers (7.18.1.4), simple assignment (6.5.16.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    55) The macro NULL is defined in <stddef.h> (and other headers) as a null pointer constant; see 7.17.

    56) The mapping functions for converting a pointer to an integer or an integer to a pointer are intended to @@ -2841,7 +2840,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    6.4 Lexical elements

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               token:
    @@ -2859,11 +2858,11 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
                      punctuator
                      each non-white-space character that cannot be one of the above
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each preprocessing token that is converted to a token shall have the lexical form of a keyword, an identifier, a constant, a string literal, or a punctuator. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A token is the minimal lexical element of the language in translation phases 7 and 8. The categories of tokens are: keywords, identifiers, constants, string literals, and punctuators. @@ -2908,13 +2907,13 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 (6.5.3.1), preprocessing directives (6.10), preprocessing numbers (6.4.8), string literals (6.4.5). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    58) An additional category, placemarkers, is used internally in translation phase 4 (see 6.10.3.3); it cannot occur in source files.

    6.4.1 Keywords

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               keyword: one of
    @@ -2929,7 +2928,7 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
                     double                  long                  typedef
                     else                    register              union
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The above tokens (case sensitive) are reserved (in translation phases 7 and 8) for use as keywords, and shall not be used otherwise. The keyword _Imaginary is reserved for @@ -2939,14 +2938,14 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    59) One possible specification for imaginary types appears in annex G.

    6.4.2 Identifiers

    6.4.2.1 General
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               identifier:
    @@ -2965,7 +2964,7 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
               digit: one of
                      0 1        2     3    4    5    6     7    8    9
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An identifier is a sequence of nondigit characters (including the underscore _, the lowercase and uppercase Latin letters, and other characters) and digits, which designates @@ -2985,7 +2984,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    Implementation limits
    +

    Implementation limits

    As discussed in 5.2.4.1, an implementation may limit the number of significant initial characters in an identifier; the limit for an external name (an identifier that has external @@ -2997,7 +2996,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 identifiers differ only in nonsignificant characters, the behavior is undefined.

    Forward references: universal character names (6.4.3), macro replacement (6.10.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    60) On systems in which linkers cannot accept extended characters, an encoding of the universal character name may be used in forming valid external identifiers. For example, some otherwise unused character or sequence of characters may be used to encode the \u in a universal character name. @@ -3005,7 +3004,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    6.4.2.2 Predefined identifiers
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The identifier __func__ shall be implicitly declared by the translator as if, immediately following the opening brace of each function definition, the declaration @@ -3039,13 +3038,13 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    61) Since the name __func__ is reserved for any use by the implementation (7.1.3), if any other identifier is explicitly declared using the name __func__, the behavior is undefined.

    6.4.3 Universal character names

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               universal-character-name:
    @@ -3055,16 +3054,16 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
                      hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit
                                   hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A universal character name shall not specify a character whose short identifier is less than 00A0 other than 0024 ($), 0040 (@), or 0060 ('), nor one in the range D800 through DFFF inclusive.62) -

    Description
    +

    Description

    Universal character names may be used in identifiers, character constants, and string literals to designate characters that are not in the basic character set. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The universal character name \Unnnnnnnn designates the character whose eight-digit short identifier (as specified by ISO/IEC 10646) is nnnnnnnn.63) Similarly, the universal @@ -3076,7 +3075,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    62) The disallowed characters are the characters in the basic character set and the code positions reserved by ISO/IEC 10646 for control characters, the character DELETE, and the S-zone (reserved for use by UTF-16). @@ -3085,7 +3084,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    6.4.4 Constants

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               constant:
    @@ -3094,16 +3093,16 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
                      enumeration-constant
                      character-constant
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each constant shall have a type and the value of a constant shall be in the range of representable values for its type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Each constant has a type, determined by its form and value, as detailed later.

    6.4.4.1 Integer constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

    @@ -3142,7 +3141,7 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
             long-long-suffix: one of
                    ll LL
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    An integer constant begins with a digit, but has no period or exponent part. It may have a prefix that specifies its base and a suffix that specifies its type. @@ -3152,7 +3151,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 digits 0 through 7 only. A hexadecimal constant consists of the prefix 0x or 0X followed by a sequence of the decimal digits and the letters a (or A) through f (or F) with values 10 through 15 respectively. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The value of a decimal constant is computed base 10; that of an octal constant, base 8; that of a hexadecimal constant, base 16. The lexically first digit is the most significant. @@ -3234,7 +3233,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.4.4.2 Floating constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

    @@ -3273,7 +3272,7 @@ unsigned long long int
               floating-suffix: one of
                      f l F L
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A floating constant has a significand part that may be followed by an exponent part and a suffix that specifies its type. The components of the significand part may include a digit @@ -3282,7 +3281,7 @@ unsigned long long int e, E, p, or P followed by an exponent consisting of an optionally signed digit sequence. Either the whole-number part or the fraction part has to be present; for decimal floating constants, either the period or the exponent part has to be present. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The significand part is interpreted as a (decimal or hexadecimal) rational number; the digit sequence in the exponent part is interpreted as a decimal integer. For decimal @@ -3301,7 +3300,7 @@ unsigned long long int Floating constants are converted to internal format as if at translation-time. The conversion of a floating constant shall not raise an exceptional condition or a floating- point exception at execution time. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    The implementation should produce a diagnostic message if a hexadecimal constant cannot be represented exactly in its evaluation format; the implementation should then @@ -3317,25 +3316,25 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    64) The specification for the library functions recommends more accurate conversion than required for floating constants (see 7.20.1.3).

    6.4.4.3 Enumeration constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               enumeration-constant:
                     identifier
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.

    Forward references: enumeration specifiers (6.7.2.2).

    6.4.4.4 Character constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

    @@ -3365,7 +3364,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                     \x hexadecimal-digit
                     hexadecimal-escape-sequence hexadecimal-digit
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    An integer character constant is a sequence of one or more multibyte characters enclosed in single-quotes, as in 'x'. A wide character constant is the same, except prefixed by the @@ -3376,7 +3375,6 @@ unsigned long long int The single-quote ', the double-quote ", the question-mark ?, the backslash \, and arbitrary integer values are representable according to the following table of escape sequences: -

             single quote '                 \'
             double quote "                 \"
    @@ -3385,6 +3383,7 @@ unsigned long long int
             octal character                \octal digits
             hexadecimal character          \x hexadecimal digits
     
    +

    The double-quote " and question-mark ? are representable either by themselves or by the escape sequences \" and \?, respectively, but the single-quote ' and the backslash \ shall be represented, respectively, by the escape sequences \' and \\. @@ -3412,12 +3411,12 @@ unsigned long long int -

    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The value of an octal or hexadecimal escape sequence shall be in the range of representable values for the type unsigned char for an integer character constant, or the unsigned type corresponding to wchar_t for a wide character constant. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An integer character constant has type int. The value of an integer character constant containing a single character that maps to a single-byte execution character is the @@ -3463,13 +3462,13 @@ unsigned long long int (7.20.7.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    65) The semantics of these characters were discussed in 5.2.2. If any other character follows a backslash, the result is not a token and a diagnostic is required. See ''future language directions'' (6.11.4).

    6.4.5 String literals

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               string-literal:
    @@ -3483,7 +3482,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                                      the double-quote ", backslash \, or new-line character
                         escape-sequence
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A character string literal is a sequence of zero or more multibyte characters enclosed in double-quotes, as in "xyz". A wide string literal is the same, except prefixed by the @@ -3494,7 +3493,7 @@ unsigned long long int character constant, except that the single-quote ' is representable either by itself or by the escape sequence \', but the double-quote " shall be represented by the escape sequence \". -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    In translation phase 6, the multibyte character sequences specified by any sequence of adjacent character and wide string literal tokens are concatenated into a single multibyte @@ -3530,13 +3529,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.17), the mbstowcs function (7.20.8.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    66) A character string literal need not be a string (see 7.1.1), because a null character may be embedded in it by a \0 escape sequence.

    6.4.6 Punctuators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               punctuator: one of
    @@ -3548,7 +3547,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                      , # ##
                      <: :> <% %> %: %:%:
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A punctuator is a symbol that has independent syntactic and semantic significance. Depending on context, it may specify an operation to be performed (which in turn may @@ -3569,7 +3568,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: expressions (6.5), declarations (6.7), preprocessing directives (6.10), statements (6.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    67) These tokens are sometimes called ''digraphs''.

    68) Thus [ and <: behave differently when ''stringized'' (see 6.10.3.2), but can otherwise be freely @@ -3577,7 +3576,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.4.7 Header names

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               header-name:
    @@ -3596,7 +3595,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                         any member of the source character set except
                                      the new-line character and "
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The sequences in both forms of header names are mapped in an implementation-defined manner to headers or external source file names as specified in 6.10.2. @@ -3628,14 +3627,14 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: source file inclusion (6.10.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    69) Thus, sequences of characters that resemble escape sequences cause undefined behavior.

    70) For an example of a header name preprocessing token used in a #pragma directive, see 6.10.9.

    6.4.8 Preprocessing numbers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               pp-number:
    @@ -3649,14 +3648,14 @@ unsigned long long int
                     pp-number       P sign
                     pp-number       .
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A preprocessing number begins with a digit optionally preceded by a period (.) and may be followed by valid identifier characters and the character sequences e+, e-, E+, E-, p+, p-, P+, or P-.

    Preprocessing number tokens lexically include all floating and integer constant tokens. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A preprocessing number does not have type or a value; it acquires both after a successful conversion (as part of translation phase 7) to a floating constant token or an integer @@ -3698,7 +3697,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    71) Thus, /* ... */ comments do not nest. @@ -3765,7 +3764,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    72) A floating-point status flag is not an object and can be set more than once within an expression.

    73) This paragraph renders undefined statement expressions such as @@ -3805,7 +3804,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.1 Primary expressions

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               primary-expression:
    @@ -3814,7 +3813,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                      string-literal
                      ( expression )
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An identifier is a primary expression, provided it has been declared as designating an object (in which case it is an lvalue) or a function (in which case it is a function @@ -3831,12 +3830,12 @@ unsigned long long int designator, or a void expression.

    Forward references: declarations (6.7). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    79) Thus, an undeclared identifier is a violation of the syntax.

    6.5.2 Postfix operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               postfix-expression:
    @@ -3862,11 +3861,11 @@ unsigned long long int
     
    6.5.2.1 Array subscripting
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    One of the expressions shall have type ''pointer to object type'', the other expression shall have integer type, and the result has type ''type''. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A postfix expression followed by an expression in square brackets [] is a subscripted designation of an element of an array object. The definition of the subscript operator [] @@ -3900,7 +3899,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.2.2 Function calls
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The expression that denotes the called function80) shall have type pointer to function returning void or returning an object type other than an array type. @@ -3909,7 +3908,7 @@ unsigned long long int number of arguments shall agree with the number of parameters. Each argument shall have a type such that its value may be assigned to an object with the unqualified version of the type of its corresponding parameter. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A postfix expression followed by parentheses () containing a possibly empty, comma- separated list of expressions is a function call. The postfix expression denotes the called @@ -3979,7 +3978,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: function declarators (including prototypes) (6.7.5.3), function definitions (6.9.1), the return statement (6.8.6.4), simple assignment (6.5.16.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    80) Most often, this is the result of converting an identifier that is a function designator.

    81) A function may change the values of its parameters, but these changes cannot affect the values of the @@ -3989,7 +3988,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.2.3 Structure and union members
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The first operand of the . operator shall have a qualified or unqualified structure or union type, and the second operand shall name a member of that type. @@ -3998,7 +3997,7 @@ unsigned long long int structure'' or ''pointer to qualified or unqualified union'', and the second operand shall name a member of the type pointed to. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A postfix expression followed by the . operator and an identifier designates a member of a structure or union object. The value is that of the named member,82) and is an lvalue if @@ -4092,7 +4091,7 @@ unsigned long long int specifiers (6.7.2.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    82) If the member used to access the contents of a union object is not the same as the member last used to store a value in the object, the appropriate part of the object representation of the value is reinterpreted as an object representation in the new type as described in 6.2.6 (a process sometimes called "type @@ -4103,11 +4102,11 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.2.4 Postfix increment and decrement operators
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The operand of the postfix increment or decrement operator shall have qualified or unqualified real or pointer type and shall be a modifiable lvalue. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The result of the postfix ++ operator is the value of the operand. After the result is obtained, the value of the operand is incremented. (That is, the value 1 of the appropriate @@ -4122,7 +4121,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: additive operators (6.5.6), compound assignment (6.5.16.2).

    6.5.2.5 Compound literals
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The type name shall specify an object type or an array of unknown size, but not a variable length array type. @@ -4132,7 +4131,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    If the compound literal occurs outside the body of a function, the initializer list shall consist of constant expressions. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A postfix expression that consists of a parenthesized type name followed by a brace- enclosed list of initializers is a compound literal. It provides an unnamed object whose @@ -4256,7 +4255,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: type names (6.7.6), initialization (6.7.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    84) Note that this differs from a cast expression. For example, a cast specifies a conversion to scalar types or void only, and the result of a cast expression is not an lvalue. @@ -4267,7 +4266,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.3 Unary operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               unary-expression:
    @@ -4282,11 +4281,11 @@ unsigned long long int
     
    6.5.3.1 Prefix increment and decrement operators
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The operand of the prefix increment or decrement operator shall have qualified or unqualified real or pointer type and shall be a modifiable lvalue. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The value of the operand of the prefix ++ operator is incremented. The result is the new value of the operand after incrementation. The expression ++E is equivalent to (E+=1). @@ -4298,14 +4297,14 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: additive operators (6.5.6), compound assignment (6.5.16.2).

    6.5.3.2 Address and indirection operators
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The operand of the unary & operator shall be either a function designator, the result of a [] or unary * operator, or an lvalue that designates an object that is not a bit-field and is not declared with the register storage-class specifier.

    The operand of the unary * operator shall have pointer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The unary & operator yields the address of its operand. If the operand has type ''type'', the result has type ''pointer to type''. If the operand is the result of a unary * operator, @@ -4325,7 +4324,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: storage-class specifiers (6.7.1), structure and union specifiers (6.7.2.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    87) Thus, &*E is equivalent to E (even if E is a null pointer), and &(E1[E2]) to ((E1)+(E2)). It is always true that if E is a function designator or an lvalue that is a valid operand of the unary & operator, *&E is a function designator or an lvalue equal to E. If *P is an lvalue and T is the name of @@ -4336,11 +4335,11 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.3.3 Unary arithmetic operators
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The operand of the unary + or - operator shall have arithmetic type; of the ~ operator, integer type; of the ! operator, scalar type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The result of the unary + operator is the value of its (promoted) operand. The integer promotions are performed on the operand, and the result has the promoted type. @@ -4364,12 +4363,12 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.3.4 The sizeof operator
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The sizeof operator shall not be applied to an expression that has function type or an incomplete type, to the parenthesized name of such a type, or to an expression that designates a bit-field member. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The sizeof operator yields the size (in bytes) of its operand, which may be an expression or the parenthesized name of a type. The size is determined from the type of @@ -4429,27 +4428,27 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.17), declarations (6.7), structure and union specifiers (6.7.2.1), type names (6.7.6), array declarators (6.7.5.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    88) When applied to a parameter declared to have array or function type, the sizeof operator yields the size of the adjusted (pointer) type (see 6.9.1).

    6.5.4 Cast operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               cast-expression:
                      unary-expression
                      ( type-name ) cast-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Unless the type name specifies a void type, the type name shall specify qualified or unqualified scalar type and the operand shall have scalar type.

    Conversions that involve pointers, other than where permitted by the constraints of 6.5.16.1, shall be specified by means of an explicit cast. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Preceding an expression by a parenthesized type name converts the value of the expression to the named type. This construction is called a cast.89) A cast that specifies @@ -4466,13 +4465,13 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    89) A cast does not yield an lvalue. Thus, a cast to a qualified type has the same effect as a cast to the unqualified version of the type.

    6.5.5 Multiplicative operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               multiplicative-expression:
    @@ -4481,11 +4480,11 @@ unsigned long long int
                       multiplicative-expression / cast-expression
                       multiplicative-expression % cast-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have arithmetic type. The operands of the % operator shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.

    @@ -4499,12 +4498,12 @@ unsigned long long int fractional part discarded.90) If the quotient a/b is representable, the expression (a/b)*b + a%b shall equal a. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    90) This is often called ''truncation toward zero''.

    6.5.6 Additive operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               additive-expression:
    @@ -4512,7 +4511,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                       additive-expression + multiplicative-expression
                       additive-expression - multiplicative-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    For addition, either both operands shall have arithmetic type, or one operand shall be a pointer to an object type and the other shall have integer type. (Incrementing is @@ -4530,7 +4529,7 @@ unsigned long long int

  • the left operand is a pointer to an object type and the right operand has integer type. (Decrementing is equivalent to subtracting 1.) -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If both operands have arithmetic type, the usual arithmetic conversions are performed on them. @@ -4576,7 +4575,6 @@ unsigned long long int expression (Q)+1 does not point to an element of the array object.91)

    EXAMPLE Pointer arithmetic is well defined with pointers to variable length array types. -

               {
                        int n = 4, m = 3;
    @@ -4587,6 +4585,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                        n = p - a;                  //   n == 1
               }
     
    +

    If array a in the above example were declared to be an array of known constant size, and pointer p were declared to be a pointer to an array of the same known constant size (pointing to a), the results would be the same. @@ -4594,7 +4593,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: array declarators (6.7.5.2), common definitions <stddef.h> (7.17). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    91) Another way to approach pointer arithmetic is first to convert the pointer(s) to character pointer(s): In this scheme the integer expression added to or subtracted from the converted pointer is first multiplied by the size of the object originally pointed to, and the resulting pointer is converted back to the @@ -4606,7 +4605,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.7 Bitwise shift operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               shift-expression:
    @@ -4614,10 +4613,10 @@ unsigned long long int
                       shift-expression << additive-expression
                       shift-expression >> additive-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The integer promotions are performed on each of the operands. The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand. If the value of the right operand is negative or is @@ -4640,7 +4639,7 @@ unsigned long long int resulting value is implementation-defined.

    6.5.8 Relational operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               relational-expression:
    @@ -4650,7 +4649,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                       relational-expression   <=   shift-expression
                       relational-expression   >=   shift-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    One of the following shall hold:

      @@ -4660,7 +4659,7 @@ unsigned long long int
    • both operands are pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of compatible incomplete types.
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If both of the operands have arithmetic type, the usual arithmetic conversions are performed. @@ -4686,13 +4685,13 @@ unsigned long long int (greater than or equal to) shall yield 1 if the specified relation is true and 0 if it is false.92) The result has type int. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    92) The expression a<b<c is not interpreted as in ordinary mathematics. As the syntax indicates, it means (a<b)<c; in other words, ''if a is less than b, compare 1 to c; otherwise, compare 0 to c''.

    6.5.9 Equality operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               equality-expression:
    @@ -4700,7 +4699,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                      equality-expression == relational-expression
                      equality-expression != relational-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    One of the following shall hold:

      @@ -4710,7 +4709,7 @@ unsigned long long int qualified or unqualified version of void; or
    • one operand is a pointer and the other is a null pointer constant.
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The == (equal to) and != (not equal to) operators are analogous to the relational operators except for their lower precedence.93) Each of the operators yields 1 if the @@ -4742,7 +4741,7 @@ unsigned long long int array behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of an array of length one with the type of the object as its element type. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    93) Because of the precedences, a<b == c<d is 1 whenever a<b and c<d have the same truth-value.

    94) Two objects may be adjacent in memory because they are adjacent elements of a larger array or @@ -4753,17 +4752,17 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.10 Bitwise AND operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               AND-expression:
                     equality-expression
                     AND-expression & equality-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.

    @@ -4777,17 +4776,17 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.11 Bitwise exclusive OR operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               exclusive-OR-expression:
                       AND-expression
                       exclusive-OR-expression ^ AND-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.

    @@ -4796,17 +4795,17 @@ unsigned long long int operands is set).

    6.5.12 Bitwise inclusive OR operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               inclusive-OR-expression:
                       exclusive-OR-expression
                       inclusive-OR-expression | exclusive-OR-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.

    @@ -4816,17 +4815,17 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.13 Logical AND operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

                logical-AND-expression:
                        inclusive-OR-expression
                        logical-AND-expression && inclusive-OR-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have scalar type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The && operator shall yield 1 if both of its operands compare unequal to 0; otherwise, it yields 0. The result has type int. @@ -4836,17 +4835,17 @@ unsigned long long int compares equal to 0, the second operand is not evaluated.

    6.5.14 Logical OR operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

                logical-OR-expression:
                        logical-AND-expression
                        logical-OR-expression || logical-AND-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have scalar type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The || operator shall yield 1 if either of its operands compare unequal to 0; otherwise, it yields 0. The result has type int. @@ -4857,14 +4856,14 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.15 Conditional operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               conditional-expression:
                      logical-OR-expression
                      logical-OR-expression ? expression : conditional-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The first operand shall have scalar type.

    @@ -4878,7 +4877,7 @@ unsigned long long int

  • one operand is a pointer to an object or incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified version of void. -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The first operand is evaluated; there is a sequence point after its evaluation. The second operand is evaluated only if the first compares unequal to 0; the third operand is evaluated @@ -4928,12 +4927,12 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    95) A conditional expression does not yield an lvalue.

    6.5.16 Assignment operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               assignment-expression:
    @@ -4942,10 +4941,10 @@ unsigned long long int
               assignment-operator: one of
                      = *= /= %= +=                       -=     <<=      >>=      &=     ^=     |=
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    An assignment operator shall have a modifiable lvalue as its left operand. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An assignment operator stores a value in the object designated by the left operand. An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after the assignment, but is not an @@ -4960,7 +4959,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.16.1 Simple assignment
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    One of the following shall hold:96)

      @@ -4977,7 +4976,7 @@ unsigned long long int
    • the left operand is a pointer and the right is a null pointer constant; or
    • the left operand has type _Bool and the right is a pointer.
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    In simple assignment (=), the value of the right operand is converted to the type of the assignment expression and replaces the value stored in the object designated by the left @@ -5032,7 +5031,7 @@ unsigned long long int value of the const object c. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    96) The asymmetric appearance of these constraints with respect to type qualifiers is due to the conversion (specified in 6.3.2.1) that changes lvalues to ''the value of the expression'' and thus removes any type qualifiers that were applied to the type category of the expression (for example, it removes const but @@ -5040,7 +5039,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.16.2 Compound assignment
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    For the operators += and -= only, either the left operand shall be a pointer to an object type and the right shall have integer type, or the left operand shall have qualified or @@ -5048,21 +5047,21 @@ unsigned long long int

    For the other operators, each operand shall have arithmetic type consistent with those allowed by the corresponding binary operator. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A compound assignment of the form E1 op = E2 differs from the simple assignment expression E1 = E1 op (E2) only in that the lvalue E1 is evaluated only once.

    6.5.17 Comma operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               expression:
                      assignment-expression
                      expression , assignment-expression
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The left operand of a comma operator is evaluated as a void expression; there is a sequence point after its evaluation. Then the right operand is evaluated; the result has its @@ -5085,22 +5084,22 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    97) A comma operator does not yield an lvalue.

    6.6 Constant expressions

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               constant-expression:
                      conditional-expression
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A constant expression can be evaluated during translation rather than runtime, and accordingly may be used in any place that a constant may be. -

    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Constant expressions shall not contain assignment, increment, decrement, function-call, or comma operators, except when they are contained within a subexpression that is not @@ -5108,7 +5107,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Each constant expression shall evaluate to a constant that is in the range of representable values for its type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An expression that evaluates to a constant is required in several contexts. If a floating expression is evaluated in the translation environment, the arithmetic precision and range @@ -5161,7 +5160,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    98) The operand of a sizeof operator is usually not evaluated (6.5.3.4).

    99) An integer constant expression is used to specify the size of a bit-field member of a structure, the @@ -5178,7 +5177,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7 Declarations

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               declaration:
    @@ -5195,7 +5194,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                       declarator
                       declarator = initializer
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A declaration shall declare at least a declarator (other than the parameters of a function or the members of a structure or union), a tag, or the members of an enumeration. @@ -5206,7 +5205,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    All declarations in the same scope that refer to the same object or function shall specify compatible types. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A declaration specifies the interpretation and attributes of a set of identifiers. A definition of an identifier is a declaration for that identifier that: @@ -5232,12 +5231,12 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: declarators (6.7.5), enumeration specifiers (6.7.2.2), initialization (6.7.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    101) Function definitions have a different syntax, described in 6.9.1.

    6.7.1 Storage-class specifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               storage-class-specifier:
    @@ -5247,11 +5246,11 @@ unsigned long long int
                      auto
                      register
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    At most, one storage-class specifier may be given in the declaration specifiers in a declaration.102) -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The typedef specifier is called a ''storage-class specifier'' for syntactic convenience only; it is discussed in 6.7.7. The meanings of the various linkages and storage durations @@ -5274,7 +5273,7 @@ unsigned long long int or union member objects.

    Forward references: type definitions (6.7.7). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    102) See ''future language directions'' (6.11.5).

    103) The implementation may treat any register declaration simply as an auto declaration. However, @@ -5286,7 +5285,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.2 Type specifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               type-specifier:
    @@ -5305,7 +5304,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                      enum-specifier
                      typedef-name
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    At least one type specifier shall be given in the declaration specifiers in each declaration, and in the specifier-qualifier list in each struct declaration and type name. Each list of @@ -5341,7 +5340,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    The type specifier _Complex shall not be used if the implementation does not provide complex types.104) -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Specifiers for structures, unions, and enumerations are discussed in 6.7.2.1 through 6.7.2.3. Declarations of typedef names are discussed in 6.7.7. The characteristics of the @@ -5358,12 +5357,12 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    104) Freestanding implementations are not required to provide complex types. *

    6.7.2.1 Structure and union specifiers
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               struct-or-union-specifier:
    @@ -5387,7 +5386,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                       declarator
                       declaratoropt : constant-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A structure or union shall not contain a member with incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to an instance @@ -5404,7 +5403,7 @@ unsigned long long int A bit-field shall have a type that is a qualified or unqualified version of _Bool, signed int, unsigned int, or some other implementation-defined type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    As discussed in 6.2.5, a structure is a type consisting of a sequence of members, whose storage is allocated in an ordered sequence, and a union is a type consisting of a sequence @@ -5526,11 +5525,11 @@ unsigned long long int and assuming that the calls to malloc succeed, the objects pointed to by s1 and s2 behave, for most purposes, as if the identifiers had been declared as: -

               struct { int n; double d[8]; } *s1;
               struct { int n; double d[5]; } *s2;
     
    +

    Following the further successful assignments:

               s1 = malloc(sizeof (struct s) + 10);
    @@ -5541,7 +5540,6 @@ unsigned long long int
               struct { int n; double d[1]; } *s1, *s2;
     
    and: -

               double *dp;
               dp = &(s1->d[0]);           //   valid
    @@ -5549,6 +5547,7 @@ unsigned long long int
               dp = &(s2->d[0]);           //   valid
               *dp = 42;                   //   undefined behavior
     
    +

    The assignment:

               *s1 = *s2;
    @@ -5559,7 +5558,7 @@ unsigned long long int
     

    Forward references: tags (6.7.2.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    105) A structure or union can not contain a member with a variably modified type because member names are not ordinary identifiers as defined in 6.2.3. @@ -5574,7 +5573,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.2.2 Enumeration specifiers
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               enum-specifier:
    @@ -5588,11 +5587,11 @@ unsigned long long int
                     enumeration-constant
                     enumeration-constant = constant-expression
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant shall be an integer constant expression that has a value representable as an int. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The identifiers in an enumerator list are declared as constants that have type int and may appear wherever such are permitted.109) An enumerator with = defines its @@ -5628,7 +5627,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: tags (6.7.2.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    109) Thus, the identifiers of enumeration constants declared in the same scope shall all be distinct from each other and from other identifiers declared in ordinary declarators. @@ -5637,7 +5636,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.2.3 Tags
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A specific type shall have its content defined at most once.

    @@ -5649,7 +5648,7 @@ unsigned long long int enum identifier

    without an enumerator list shall only appear after the type it specifies is complete. -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    All declarations of structure, union, or enumerated types that have the same scope and use the same tag declare the same type. The type is incomplete111) until the closing brace @@ -5689,7 +5688,7 @@ unsigned long long int occurs other than as part of one of the above forms, and no other declaration of the identifier as a tag is visible, then it declares an incomplete structure or union type, and - declares the identifier as the tag of that type.113) + declares the identifier as the tag of that type.113)

    If a type specifier of the form

    @@ -5754,7 +5753,7 @@ unsigned long long int
     

    Forward references: declarators (6.7.5), array declarators (6.7.5.2), type definitions (6.7.7). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    111) An incomplete type may only by used when the size of an object of that type is not needed. It is not needed, for example, when a typedef name is declared to be a specifier for a structure or union, or when a pointer to or a function returning a structure or union is being declared. (See incomplete types @@ -5769,7 +5768,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.3 Type qualifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               type-qualifier:
    @@ -5777,11 +5776,11 @@ unsigned long long int
                      restrict
                      volatile
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Types other than pointer types derived from object or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The properties associated with qualified types are meaningful only for expressions that are lvalues.114) @@ -5853,7 +5852,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    114) The implementation may place a const object that is not volatile in a read-only region of storage. Moreover, the implementation need not allocate storage for such an object if its address is never used. @@ -5960,7 +5959,6 @@ unsigned long long int function call and an equivalent nested block. With one exception, only ''outer-to-inner'' assignments between restricted pointers declared in nested blocks have defined behavior. -

               {
                        int * restrict p1;
    @@ -5974,6 +5972,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                        }
               }
     
    +

    The one exception allows the value of a restricted pointer to be carried out of the block in which it (or, more precisely, the ordinary identifier used to designate it) is declared when that block finishes execution. For example, this permits new_vector to return a vector. @@ -5989,7 +5988,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    119) In other words, E depends on the value of P itself rather than on the value of an object referenced indirectly through P. For example, if identifier p has type (int **restrict), then the pointer expressions p and p+1 are based on the restricted pointer object designated by p, but the pointer @@ -5997,13 +5996,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.4 Function specifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               function-specifier:
                      inline
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Function specifiers shall be used only in the declaration of an identifier for a function.

    @@ -6013,7 +6012,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier shall not appear in a declaration of main. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A function declared with an inline function specifier is an inline function. The function specifier may appear more than once; the behavior is the same as if it appeared @@ -6036,7 +6035,6 @@ unsigned long long int EXAMPLE The declaration of an inline function with external linkage can result in either an external definition, or a definition available for use only within the translation unit. A file scope declaration with extern creates an external definition. The following example shows an entire translation unit. -

               inline double fahr(double t)
               {
    @@ -6053,6 +6051,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                     return is_fahr ? cels(temp) : fahr(temp);
               }
     
    +

    Note that the definition of fahr is an external definition because fahr is also declared with extern, but the definition of cels is an inline definition. Because cels has external linkage and is referenced, an external definition has to appear in another translation unit (see 6.9); the inline definition and the external @@ -6063,7 +6062,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    120) By using, for example, an alternative to the usual function call mechanism, such as ''inline substitution''. Inline substitution is not textual substitution, nor does it create a new function. Therefore, for example, the expansion of a macro used within the body of the function uses the @@ -6081,7 +6080,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.5 Declarators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               declarator:
    @@ -6114,7 +6113,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                       identifier
                       identifier-list , identifier
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Each declarator declares one identifier, and asserts that when an operand of the same form as the declarator appears in an expression, it designates a function or object with the @@ -6148,7 +6147,7 @@ unsigned long long int then ident has the type specified by the declaration ''T D''. Thus, a declarator in parentheses is identical to the unparenthesized declarator, but the binding of complicated declarators may be altered by parentheses. -

    Implementation limits
    +

    Implementation limits

    As discussed in 5.2.4.1, an implementation may limit the number of pointer, array, and function declarators that modify an arithmetic, structure, union, or incomplete type, either @@ -6156,7 +6155,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: array declarators (6.7.5.2), type definitions (6.7.7).

    6.7.5.1 Pointer declarators
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has the form

    @@ -6191,7 +6190,7 @@ unsigned long long int
      
     
     
    6.7.5.2 Array declarators
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    In addition to optional type qualifiers and the keyword static, the [ and ] may delimit an expression or *. If they delimit an expression (which specifies the size of an array), the @@ -6204,7 +6203,7 @@ unsigned long long int An ordinary identifier (as defined in 6.2.3) that has a variably modified type shall have either block scope and no linkage or function prototype scope. If an identifier is declared to be an object with static storage duration, it shall not have a variable length array type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has one of the forms:

    @@ -6307,14 +6306,14 @@ unsigned long long int
     

    Forward references: function declarators (6.7.5.3), function definitions (6.9.1), initialization (6.7.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    123) When several ''array of'' specifications are adjacent, a multidimensional array is declared.

    124) Thus, * can be used only in function declarations that are not definitions (see 6.7.5.3).

    6.7.5.3 Function declarators (including prototypes)
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A function declarator shall not specify a return type that is a function type or an array type. @@ -6326,7 +6325,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    After adjustment, the parameters in a parameter type list in a function declarator that is part of a definition of that function shall not have incomplete type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has the form

    @@ -6474,7 +6473,7 @@ unsigned long long int
     

    Forward references: function definitions (6.9.1), type names (6.7.6). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    125) The macros defined in the <stdarg.h> header (7.15) may be used to access arguments that correspond to the ellipsis. @@ -6484,7 +6483,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.6 Type names

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               type-name:
    @@ -6503,7 +6502,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                       direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ * ]
                       direct-abstract-declaratoropt ( parameter-type-listopt )
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    In several contexts, it is necessary to specify a type. This is accomplished using a type name, which is syntactically a declaration for a function or an object of that type that @@ -6532,22 +6531,22 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    128) As indicated by the syntax, empty parentheses in a type name are interpreted as ''function with no parameter specification'', rather than redundant parentheses around the omitted identifier.

    6.7.7 Type definitions

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               typedef-name:
                      identifier
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type then it shall have block scope. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    In a declaration whose storage-class specifier is typedef, each declarator defines an identifier to be a typedef name that denotes the type specified for the identifier in the way @@ -6645,7 +6644,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.8 Initialization

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               initializer:
    @@ -6664,7 +6663,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                      [ constant-expression ]
                      . identifier
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    No initializer shall attempt to provide a value for an object not contained within the entity being initialized. @@ -6693,7 +6692,7 @@ unsigned long long int then the current object (defined below) shall have structure or union type and the identifier shall be the name of a member of that type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An initializer specifies the initial value stored in an object.

    @@ -6946,12 +6945,12 @@ unsigned long long int

    EXAMPLE 12 Space can be ''allocated'' from both ends of an array by using a single designator: -

               int a[MAX] = {
                     1, 3, 5, 7, 9, [MAX-5] = 8, 6, 4, 2, 0
               };
     
    +

    In the above, if MAX is greater than ten, there will be some zero-valued elements in the middle; if it is less than ten, some of the values provided by the first five initializers will be overridden by the second five. @@ -6964,7 +6963,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.17). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    129) If the initializer list for a subaggregate or contained union does not begin with a left brace, its subobjects are initialized as usual, but the subaggregate or contained union does not become the current object: current objects are associated only with brace-enclosed initializer lists. @@ -6982,7 +6981,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.8 Statements and blocks

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               statement:
    @@ -6993,7 +6992,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                      iteration-statement
                      jump-statement
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A statement specifies an action to be performed. Except as indicated, statements are executed in sequence. @@ -7015,7 +7014,7 @@ unsigned long long int (6.8.4), iteration statements (6.8.5), the return statement (6.8.6.4).

    6.8.1 Labeled statements

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               labeled-statement:
    @@ -7023,14 +7022,14 @@ unsigned long long int
                      case constant-expression : statement
                      default : statement
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A case or default label shall appear only in a switch statement. Further constraints on such labels are discussed under the switch statement.

    Label names shall be unique within a function. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Any statement may be preceded by a prefix that declares an identifier as a label name. Labels in themselves do not alter the flow of control, which continues unimpeded across @@ -7038,7 +7037,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: the goto statement (6.8.6.1), the switch statement (6.8.4.2).

    6.8.2 Compound statement

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               compound-statement:
    @@ -7050,18 +7049,18 @@ unsigned long long int
                       declaration
                       statement
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A compound statement is a block.

    6.8.3 Expression and null statements

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               expression-statement:
                      expressionopt ;
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The expression in an expression statement is evaluated as a void expression for its side effects.134) @@ -7109,12 +7108,12 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: iteration statements (6.8.5). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    134) Such as assignments, and function calls which have side effects.

    6.8.4 Selection statements

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               selection-statement:
    @@ -7122,7 +7121,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                       if ( expression ) statement else statement
                       switch ( expression ) statement
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A selection statement selects among a set of statements depending on the value of a controlling expression. @@ -7132,10 +7131,10 @@ unsigned long long int subset of the scope of the selection statement.

    6.8.4.1 The if statement
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The controlling expression of an if statement shall have scalar type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    In both forms, the first substatement is executed if the expression compares unequal to 0. In the else form, the second substatement is executed if the expression compares equal @@ -7147,7 +7146,7 @@ unsigned long long int syntax.

    6.8.4.2 The switch statement
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The controlling expression of a switch statement shall have integer type.

    @@ -7161,7 +7160,7 @@ unsigned long long int (Any enclosed switch statement may have a default label or case constant expressions with values that duplicate case constant expressions in the enclosing switch statement.) -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A switch statement causes control to jump to, into, or past the statement that is the switch body, depending on the value of a controlling expression, and on the presence of a @@ -7175,7 +7174,7 @@ unsigned long long int a default label, control jumps to the labeled statement. If no converted case constant expression matches and there is no default label, no part of the switch body is executed. -

    Implementation limits
    +

    Implementation limits

    As discussed in 5.2.4.1, the implementation may limit the number of case values in a switch statement. @@ -7203,13 +7202,13 @@ unsigned long long int access an indeterminate value. Similarly, the call to the function f cannot be reached. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    135) That is, the declaration either precedes the switch statement, or it follows the last case or default label associated with the switch that is in the block containing the declaration.

    6.8.5 Iteration statements

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               iteration-statement:
    @@ -7218,13 +7217,13 @@ unsigned long long int
                       for ( expressionopt ; expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
                       for ( declaration expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The controlling expression of an iteration statement shall have scalar type.

    The declaration part of a for statement shall only declare identifiers for objects having storage class auto or register. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An iteration statement causes a statement called the loop body to be executed repeatedly until the controlling expression compares equal to 0. The repetition occurs regardless of @@ -7239,7 +7238,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    136) Code jumped over is not executed. In particular, the controlling expression of a for or while statement is not evaluated before entering the loop body, nor is clause-1 of a for statement. @@ -7271,7 +7270,7 @@ unsigned long long int Both clause-1 and expression-3 can be omitted. An omitted expression-2 is replaced by a nonzero constant. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    137) Thus, clause-1 specifies initialization for the loop, possibly declaring one or more variables for use in the loop; the controlling expression, expression-2, specifies an evaluation made before each iteration, such that execution of the loop continues until the expression compares equal to 0; and expression-3 @@ -7279,7 +7278,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.8.6 Jump statements

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               jump-statement:
    @@ -7288,7 +7287,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                      break ;
                      return expressionopt ;
     
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A jump statement causes an unconditional jump to another place. @@ -7298,12 +7297,12 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.8.6.1 The goto statement
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The identifier in a goto statement shall name a label located somewhere in the enclosing function. A goto statement shall not jump from outside the scope of an identifier having a variably modified type to inside the scope of that identifier. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A goto statement causes an unconditional jump to the statement prefixed by the named label in the enclosing function. @@ -7355,10 +7354,10 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.8.6.2 The continue statement
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A continue statement shall appear only in or as a loop body. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A continue statement causes a jump to the loop-continuation portion of the smallest enclosing iteration statement; that is, to the end of the loop body. More precisely, in each @@ -7374,15 +7373,15 @@ unsigned long long int unless the continue statement shown is in an enclosed iteration statement (in which case it is interpreted within that statement), it is equivalent to goto contin;.138) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    138) Following the contin: label is a null statement.

    6.8.6.3 The break statement
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A break statement shall appear only in or as a switch body or loop body. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A break statement terminates execution of the smallest enclosing switch or iteration statement. @@ -7392,12 +7391,12 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.8.6.4 The return statement
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A return statement with an expression shall not appear in a function whose return type is void. A return statement without an expression shall only appear in a function whose return type is void. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A return statement terminates execution of the current function and returns control to its caller. A function may have any number of return statements. @@ -7435,7 +7434,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    139) The return statement is not an assignment. The overlap restriction of subclause 6.5.16.1 does not apply to the case of function return. The representation of floating-point values may have wider range or precision and is determined by FLT_EVAL_METHOD. A cast may be used to remove this extra @@ -7443,7 +7442,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.9 External definitions

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               translation-unit:
    @@ -7453,7 +7452,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                      function-definition
                      declaration
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. @@ -7463,7 +7462,7 @@ unsigned long long int linkage is used in an expression (other than as a part of the operand of a sizeof operator whose result is an integer constant), there shall be exactly one external definition for the identifier in the translation unit. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    As discussed in 5.1.1.1, the unit of program text after preprocessing is a translation unit, which consists of a sequence of external declarations. These are described as ''external'' @@ -7483,13 +7482,13 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    140) Thus, if an identifier declared with external linkage is not used in an expression, there need be no external definition for it.

    6.9.1 Function definitions

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

               function-definition:
    @@ -7498,7 +7497,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                      declaration
                      declaration-list declaration
     
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The identifier declared in a function definition (which is the name of the function) shall have a function type, as specified by the declarator portion of the function definition.141) @@ -7524,7 +7523,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The declarator in a function definition specifies the name of the function being defined and the identifiers of its parameters. If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the @@ -7608,7 +7607,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    141) The intent is that the type category in a function definition cannot be inherited from a typedef:

    @@ -7629,7 +7628,7 @@ unsigned long long int
     
     
     

    6.9.2 External object definitions

    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If the declaration of an identifier for an object has file scope and an initializer, the declaration is an external definition for the identifier. @@ -7675,7 +7674,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.10 Preprocessing directives

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax

    @@ -7731,7 +7730,7 @@ unsigned long long int
               new-line:
                      the new-line character
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A preprocessing directive consists of a sequence of preprocessing tokens that satisfies the following constraints: The first token in the sequence is a # preprocessing token that (at @@ -7750,14 +7749,14 @@ unsigned long long int When in a group that is skipped (6.10.1), the directive syntax is relaxed to allow any sequence of preprocessing tokens to occur between the directive name and the following new-line character. -

    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The only white-space characters that shall appear between preprocessing tokens within a preprocessing directive (from just after the introducing # preprocessing token through just before the terminating new-line character) are space and horizontal-tab (including spaces that have replaced comments or possibly other white-space characters in translation phase 3). -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The implementation can process and skip sections of source files conditionally, include other source files, and replace macros. These capabilities are called preprocessing, @@ -7776,14 +7775,14 @@ unsigned long long int replaced. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    143) Thus, preprocessing directives are commonly called ''lines''. These ''lines'' have no other syntactic significance, as all white space is equivalent except in certain situations during preprocessing (see the # character string literal creation operator in 6.10.3.2, for example).

    6.10.1 Conditional inclusion

    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The expression that controls conditional inclusion shall be an integer constant expression except that: it shall not contain a cast; identifiers (including those lexically identical to @@ -7808,7 +7807,7 @@ unsigned long long int Each preprocessing token that remains (in the list of preprocessing tokens that will become the controlling expression) after all macro replacements have occurred shall be in the lexical form of a token (6.4). -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Preprocessing directives of the forms

    @@ -7860,7 +7859,7 @@ unsigned long long int
     

    Forward references: macro replacement (6.10.3), source file inclusion (6.10.2), largest integer types (7.18.1.5). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    144) Because the controlling constant expression is evaluated during translation phase 4, all identifiers either are or are not macro names -- there simply are no keywords, enumeration constants, etc. @@ -7882,11 +7881,11 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.10.2 Source file inclusion

    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A #include directive shall identify a header or source file that can be processed by the implementation. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A preprocessing directive of the form

    @@ -7963,13 +7962,13 @@ unsigned long long int
      
     

    Forward references: macro replacement (6.10.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    148) Note that adjacent string literals are not concatenated into a single string literal (see the translation phases in 5.1.1.2); thus, an expansion that results in two string literals is an invalid directive.

    6.10.3 Macro replacement

    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Two replacement lists are identical if and only if the preprocessing tokens in both have the same number, ordering, spelling, and white-space separation, where all white-space @@ -7998,7 +7997,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    A parameter identifier in a function-like macro shall be uniquely declared within its scope. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The identifier immediately following the define is called the macro name. There is one name space for macro names. Any white-space characters preceding or following the @@ -8052,7 +8051,7 @@ unsigned long long int merger, the number of arguments is one more than the number of parameters in the macro definition (excluding the ...). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    149) Since, by macro-replacement time, all character constants and string literals are preprocessing tokens, not sequences possibly containing identifier-like subsequences (see 5.1.1.2, translation phases), they are never scanned for macro names or parameters. @@ -8075,11 +8074,11 @@ unsigned long long int replace it.

    6.10.3.2 The # operator
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each # preprocessing token in the replacement list for a function-like macro shall be followed by a parameter as the next preprocessing token in the replacement list. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If, in the replacement list, a parameter is immediately preceded by a # preprocessing token, both are replaced by a single character string literal preprocessing token that @@ -8099,11 +8098,11 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.10.3.3 The ## operator
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A ## preprocessing token shall not occur at the beginning or at the end of a replacement list for either form of macro definition. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If, in the replacement list of a function-like macro, a parameter is immediately preceded or followed by a ## preprocessing token, the parameter is replaced by the corresponding @@ -8145,7 +8144,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    151) Placemarker preprocessing tokens do not appear in the syntax because they are temporary entities that exist only within translation phase 4. @@ -8327,10 +8326,10 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.10.4 Line control

    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The string literal of a #line directive, if present, shall be a character string literal. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The line number of the current source line is one greater than the number of new-line characters read or introduced in translation phase 1 (5.1.1.2) while processing the source @@ -8364,7 +8363,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.10.5 Error directive

    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A preprocessing directive of the form

    @@ -8374,7 +8373,7 @@ unsigned long long int
      sequence of preprocessing tokens.
     
     

    6.10.6 Pragma directive

    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A preprocessing directive of the form

    @@ -8405,7 +8404,7 @@ unsigned long long int
      
     
     
    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    152) An implementation is not required to perform macro replacement in pragmas, but it is permitted except for in standard pragmas (where STDC immediately follows pragma). If the result of macro replacement in a non-standard pragma has the same form as a standard pragma, the behavior is still @@ -8416,7 +8415,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.10.7 Null directive

    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A preprocessing directive of the form

    @@ -8482,7 +8481,7 @@ unsigned long long int
      in any standard header.
     

    Forward references: the asctime function (7.23.3.1), standard headers (7.1.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    154) See ''future language directions'' (6.11.9).

    155) The presumed source file name and line number can be changed by the #line directive. @@ -8493,7 +8492,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.10.9 Pragma operator

    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A unary operator expression of the form:

    @@ -8610,7 +8609,7 @@ unsigned long long int
      
     
     
    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    157) The functions that make use of the decimal-point character are the numeric conversion functions (7.20.1, 7.24.4.1) and the formatted input/output functions (7.19.6, 7.24.2). @@ -8629,7 +8628,6 @@ unsigned long long int include type qualifiers, unless explicitly stated otherwise.

    The standard headers are -

             <assert.h>             <inttypes.h>            <signal.h>              <stdlib.h>
             <complex.h>            <iso646.h>              <stdarg.h>              <string.h>
    @@ -8638,6 +8636,7 @@ unsigned long long int
             <fenv.h>               <math.h>                <stdint.h>              <wchar.h>
             <float.h>              <setjmp.h>              <stdio.h>               <wctype.h>
     
    +

    If a file with the same name as one of the above < and > delimited sequences, not provided as part of the implementation, is placed in any of the standard places that are searched for included source files, the behavior is undefined. @@ -8667,7 +8666,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    159) A header is not necessarily a source file, nor are the < and > delimited sequences in header names necessarily valid source file names. @@ -8701,7 +8700,7 @@ unsigned long long int If the program removes (with #undef) any macro definition of an identifier in the first group listed above, the behavior is undefined. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    160) The list of reserved identifiers with external linkage includes errno, math_errhandling, setjmp, and va_end. @@ -8783,7 +8782,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    161) This means that an implementation shall provide an actual function for each library function, even if it also provides a macro for that function. @@ -8811,7 +8810,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    164) Thus, a signal handler cannot, in general, call standard library functions. -

    7.2 Diagnostics

    +

    7.2 Diagnostics <assert.h>

    The header <assert.h> defines the assert macro and refers to another macro,

    @@ -8833,13 +8832,13 @@ unsigned long long int
     

    7.2.1 Program diagnostics

    7.2.1.1 The assert macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <assert.h>
              void assert(scalar expression);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The assert macro puts diagnostic tests into programs; it expands to a void expression. When it is executed, if expression (which shall have a scalar type) is false (that is, @@ -8849,7 +8848,7 @@ unsigned long long int the preprocessing macros __FILE__ and __LINE__ and of the identifier __func__) on the standard error stream in an implementation-defined format.165) It then calls the abort function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The assert macro returns no value.

    Forward references: the abort function (7.20.4.1). @@ -8859,12 +8858,12 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    165) The message written might be of the form: Assertion failed: expression, function abc, file xyz, line nnn. -

    7.3 Complex arithmetic

    +

    7.3 Complex arithmetic <complex.h>

    7.3.1 Introduction

    @@ -8913,7 +8912,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    166) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.1).

    167) The imaginary unit is a number i such that i2 = -1. @@ -8946,13 +8945,13 @@ unsigned long long int so the cut maps to the positive imaginary axis.

    7.3.4 The CX_LIMITED_RANGE pragma

    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <complex.h>
               #pragma STDC CX_LIMITED_RANGE on-off-switch
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The usual mathematical formulas for complex multiply, divide, and absolute value are problematic because of their treatment of infinities and because of undue overflow and @@ -8971,7 +8970,7 @@ unsigned long long int compound statement. If this pragma is used in any other context, the behavior is undefined. The default state for the pragma is ''off''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    169) The purpose of the pragma is to allow the implementation to use the formulas:

    @@ -8985,7 +8984,7 @@ unsigned long long int
     

    7.3.5 Trigonometric functions

    7.3.5.1 The cacos functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -8993,18 +8992,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex cacosf(float complex z);
             long double complex cacosl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cacos functions compute the complex arc cosine of z, with branch cuts outside the interval [-1, +1] along the real axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cacos functions return the complex arc cosine value, in the range of a strip mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [0, pi ] along the real axis.

    7.3.5.2 The casin functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9012,11 +9011,11 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex casinf(float complex z);
             long double complex casinl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The casin functions compute the complex arc sine of z, with branch cuts outside the interval [-1, +1] along the real axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The casin functions return the complex arc sine value, in the range of a strip mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] @@ -9024,7 +9023,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.3.5.3 The catan functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9032,18 +9031,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex catanf(float complex z);
             long double complex catanl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The catan functions compute the complex arc tangent of z, with branch cuts outside the interval [-i, +i] along the imaginary axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The catan functions return the complex arc tangent value, in the range of a strip mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] along the real axis.

    7.3.5.4 The ccos functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9051,15 +9050,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex ccosf(float complex z);
             long double complex ccosl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ccos functions compute the complex cosine of z. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ccos functions return the complex cosine value.

    7.3.5.5 The csin functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9067,16 +9066,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex csinf(float complex z);
             long double complex csinl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The csin functions compute the complex sine of z. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The csin functions return the complex sine value.

    7.3.5.6 The ctan functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9084,17 +9083,17 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex ctanf(float complex z);
             long double complex ctanl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ctan functions compute the complex tangent of z. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ctan functions return the complex tangent value.

    7.3.6 Hyperbolic functions

    7.3.6.1 The cacosh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9102,18 +9101,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex cacoshf(float complex z);
             long double complex cacoshl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cacosh functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic cosine of z, with a branch cut at values less than 1 along the real axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cacosh functions return the complex arc hyperbolic cosine value, in the range of a half-strip of non-negative values along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi , +ipi ] along the imaginary axis.

    7.3.6.2 The casinh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9121,19 +9120,19 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex casinhf(float complex z);
             long double complex casinhl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The casinh functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic sine of z, with branch cuts outside the interval [-i, +i] along the imaginary axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The casinh functions return the complex arc hyperbolic sine value, in the range of a strip mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi /2, +ipi /2] along the imaginary axis.

    7.3.6.3 The catanh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9141,18 +9140,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex catanhf(float complex z);
             long double complex catanhl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The catanh functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic tangent of z, with branch cuts outside the interval [-1, +1] along the real axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The catanh functions return the complex arc hyperbolic tangent value, in the range of a strip mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi /2, +ipi /2] along the imaginary axis.

    7.3.6.4 The ccosh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9160,15 +9159,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex ccoshf(float complex z);
             long double complex ccoshl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ccosh functions compute the complex hyperbolic cosine of z. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ccosh functions return the complex hyperbolic cosine value.

    7.3.6.5 The csinh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

    @@ -9177,15 +9176,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex csinhf(float complex z);
             long double complex csinhl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The csinh functions compute the complex hyperbolic sine of z. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The csinh functions return the complex hyperbolic sine value.

    7.3.6.6 The ctanh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9193,17 +9192,17 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex ctanhf(float complex z);
             long double complex ctanhl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ctanh functions compute the complex hyperbolic tangent of z. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ctanh functions return the complex hyperbolic tangent value.

    7.3.7 Exponential and logarithmic functions

    7.3.7.1 The cexp functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9211,15 +9210,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex cexpf(float complex z);
             long double complex cexpl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cexp functions compute the complex base-e exponential of z. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cexp functions return the complex base-e exponential value.

    7.3.7.2 The clog functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

    @@ -9228,11 +9227,11 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex clogf(float complex z);
             long double complex clogl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The clog functions compute the complex natural (base-e) logarithm of z, with a branch cut along the negative real axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The clog functions return the complex natural logarithm value, in the range of a strip mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi , +ipi ] along the @@ -9241,7 +9240,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.3.8 Power and absolute-value functions

    7.3.8.1 The cabs functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9249,16 +9248,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float cabsf(float complex z);
             long double cabsl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cabs functions compute the complex absolute value (also called norm, modulus, or magnitude) of z. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cabs functions return the complex absolute value.

    7.3.8.2 The cpow functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9267,17 +9266,17 @@ unsigned long long int
             long double complex cpowl(long double complex x,
                  long double complex y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cpow functions compute the complex power function xy , with a branch cut for the first parameter along the negative real axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cpow functions return the complex power function value.

    7.3.8.3 The csqrt functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9285,11 +9284,11 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex csqrtf(float complex z);
             long double complex csqrtl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The csqrt functions compute the complex square root of z, with a branch cut along the negative real axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The csqrt functions return the complex square root value, in the range of the right half- plane (including the imaginary axis). @@ -9297,7 +9296,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.3.9 Manipulation functions

    7.3.9.1 The carg functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9305,16 +9304,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float cargf(float complex z);
             long double cargl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The carg functions compute the argument (also called phase angle) of z, with a branch cut along the negative real axis. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The carg functions return the value of the argument in the interval [-pi , +pi ].

    7.3.9.2 The cimag functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

    @@ -9323,19 +9322,19 @@ unsigned long long int
             float cimagf(float complex z);
             long double cimagl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cimag functions compute the imaginary part of z.170) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cimag functions return the imaginary part value (as a real). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    170) For a variable z of complex type, z == creal(z) + cimag(z)*I.

    7.3.9.3 The conj functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9343,16 +9342,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex conjf(float complex z);
             long double complex conjl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The conj functions compute the complex conjugate of z, by reversing the sign of its imaginary part. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The conj functions return the complex conjugate value.

    7.3.9.4 The cproj functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9360,7 +9359,7 @@ unsigned long long int
             float complex cprojf(float complex z);
             long double complex cprojl(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cproj functions compute a projection of z onto the Riemann sphere: z projects to z except that all complex infinities (even those with one infinite part and one NaN part) @@ -9369,7 +9368,7 @@ unsigned long long int

             INFINITY + I * copysign(0.0, cimag(z))
     
    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cproj functions return the value of the projection onto the Riemann sphere. @@ -9379,7 +9378,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.3.9.5 The creal functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <complex.h>
    @@ -9387,10 +9386,10 @@ unsigned long long int
             float crealf(float complex z);
             long double creall(long double complex z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The creal functions compute the real part of z.171) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The creal functions return the real part value. @@ -9399,11 +9398,11 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    171) For a variable z of complex type, z == creal(z) + cimag(z)*I. -

    7.4 Character handling

    +

    7.4 Character handling <ctype.h>

    The header <ctype.h> declares several functions useful for classifying and mapping characters.172) In all cases the argument is an int, the value of which shall be @@ -9419,7 +9418,7 @@ unsigned long long int characters.173) All letters and digits are printing characters.

    Forward references: EOF (7.19.1), localization (7.11). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    172) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.2).

    173) In an implementation that uses the seven-bit US ASCII character set, the printing characters are those @@ -9433,24 +9432,24 @@ unsigned long long int argument c conforms to that in the description of the function.

    7.4.1.1 The isalnum function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <ctype.h>
               int isalnum(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isalnum function tests for any character for which isalpha or isdigit is true.

    7.4.1.2 The isalpha function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <ctype.h>
               int isalpha(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isalpha function tests for any character for which isupper or islower is true, or any character that is one of a locale-specific set of alphabetic characters for which @@ -9461,19 +9460,19 @@ unsigned long long int none of iscntrl, isdigit, ispunct, or isspace is true.174) In the "C" locale, isalpha returns true only for the characters for which isupper or islower is true. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    174) The functions islower and isupper test true or false separately for each of these additional characters; all four combinations are possible.

    7.4.1.3 The isblank function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <ctype.h>
              int isblank(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isblank function tests for any character that is a standard blank character or is one of a locale-specific set of characters for which isspace is true and that is used to @@ -9482,29 +9481,29 @@ unsigned long long int for the standard blank characters.

    7.4.1.4 The iscntrl function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <ctype.h>
              int iscntrl(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iscntrl function tests for any control character.

    7.4.1.5 The isdigit function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <ctype.h>
              int isdigit(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isdigit function tests for any decimal-digit character (as defined in 5.2.1).

    7.4.1.6 The isgraph function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <ctype.h>
    @@ -9515,18 +9514,18 @@ unsigned long long int
      
      
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isgraph function tests for any printing character except space (' ').

    7.4.1.7 The islower function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <ctype.h>
             int islower(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The islower function tests for any character that is a lowercase letter or is one of a locale-specific set of characters for which none of iscntrl, isdigit, ispunct, or @@ -9534,24 +9533,24 @@ unsigned long long int letters (as defined in 5.2.1).

    7.4.1.8 The isprint function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <ctype.h>
             int isprint(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isprint function tests for any printing character including space (' ').

    7.4.1.9 The ispunct function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <ctype.h>
             int ispunct(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ispunct function tests for any printing character that is one of a locale-specific set of punctuation characters for which neither isspace nor isalnum is true. In the "C" @@ -9559,13 +9558,13 @@ unsigned long long int nor isalnum is true.

    7.4.1.10 The isspace function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <ctype.h>
             int isspace(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isspace function tests for any character that is a standard white-space character or is one of a locale-specific set of characters for which isalnum is false. The standard @@ -9575,13 +9574,13 @@ unsigned long long int "C" locale, isspace returns true only for the standard white-space characters.

    7.4.1.11 The isupper function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <ctype.h>
             int isupper(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isupper function tests for any character that is an uppercase letter or is one of a locale-specific set of characters for which none of iscntrl, isdigit, ispunct, or @@ -9589,29 +9588,29 @@ unsigned long long int letters (as defined in 5.2.1).

    7.4.1.12 The isxdigit function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <ctype.h>
             int isxdigit(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isxdigit function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character (as defined in 6.4.4.1).

    7.4.2 Character case mapping functions

    7.4.2.1 The tolower function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <ctype.h>
             int tolower(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The tolower function converts an uppercase letter to a corresponding lowercase letter. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the argument is a character for which isupper is true and there are one or more corresponding characters, as specified by the current locale, for which islower is true, @@ -9620,16 +9619,16 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.4.2.2 The toupper function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <ctype.h>
             int toupper(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The toupper function converts a lowercase letter to a corresponding uppercase letter. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the argument is a character for which islower is true and there are one or more corresponding characters, as specified by the current locale, for which isupper is true, @@ -9637,7 +9636,7 @@ unsigned long long int for any given locale); otherwise, the argument is returned unchanged. -

    7.5 Errors

    +

    7.5 Errors <errno.h>

    The header <errno.h> defines several macros, all relating to the reporting of error conditions. @@ -9672,7 +9671,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    175) The macro errno need not be the identifier of an object. It might expand to a modifiable lvalue resulting from a function call (for example, *errno()). @@ -9684,7 +9683,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    177) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.3). -

    7.6 Floating-point environment

    +

    7.6 Floating-point environment <fenv.h>

    The header <fenv.h> declares two types and several macros and functions to provide access to the floating-point environment. The floating-point environment refers @@ -9778,7 +9777,7 @@ unsigned long long int FE_ and an uppercase letter, and having type ''pointer to const-qualified fenv_t'', may also be specified by the implementation. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    178) This header is designed to support the floating-point exception status flags and directed-rounding control modes required by IEC 60559, and other similar floating-point state information. Also it is designed to facilitate code portability among all systems. @@ -9800,13 +9799,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.6.1 The FENV_ACCESS pragma

    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <fenv.h>
               #pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS on-off-switch
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The FENV_ACCESS pragma provides a means to inform the implementation when a program might access the floating-point environment to test floating-point status flags or @@ -9833,7 +9832,6 @@ unsigned long long int

    EXAMPLE -

              #include <fenv.h>
              void f(double x)
    @@ -9847,12 +9845,13 @@ unsigned long long int
                    /* ... */
              }
     
    +

    If the function g might depend on status flags set as a side effect of the first x + 1, or if the second x + 1 might depend on control modes set as a side effect of the call to function g, then the program shall contain an appropriately placed invocation of #pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS ON.185) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    184) The purpose of the FENV_ACCESS pragma is to allow certain optimizations that could subvert flag tests and mode changes (e.g., global common subexpression elimination, code motion, and constant folding). In general, if the state of FENV_ACCESS is ''off'', the translator can assume that default @@ -9871,7 +9870,7 @@ unsigned long long int FE_OVERFLOW | FE_INEXACT. For other argument values the behavior of these functions is undefined. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    186) The functions fetestexcept, feraiseexcept, and feclearexcept support the basic abstraction of flags that are either set or clear. An implementation may endow floating-point status flags with more information -- for example, the address of the code which first raised the floating- @@ -9880,17 +9879,17 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.6.2.1 The feclearexcept function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <fenv.h>
              int feclearexcept(int excepts);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The feclearexcept function attempts to clear the supported floating-point exceptions represented by its argument. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The feclearexcept function returns zero if the excepts argument is zero or if all the specified exceptions were successfully cleared. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value. @@ -9899,38 +9898,38 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.6.2.2 The fegetexceptflag function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <fenv.h>
               int fegetexceptflag(fexcept_t *flagp,
                    int excepts);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fegetexceptflag function attempts to store an implementation-defined representation of the states of the floating-point status flags indicated by the argument excepts in the object pointed to by the argument flagp. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fegetexceptflag function returns zero if the representation was successfully stored. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.

    7.6.2.3 The feraiseexcept function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <fenv.h>
               int feraiseexcept(int excepts);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The feraiseexcept function attempts to raise the supported floating-point exceptions represented by its argument.187) The order in which these floating-point exceptions are raised is unspecified, except as stated in F.7.6. Whether the feraiseexcept function additionally raises the ''inexact'' floating-point exception whenever it raises the ''overflow'' or ''underflow'' floating-point exception is implementation-defined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The feraiseexcept function returns zero if the excepts argument is zero or if all the specified exceptions were successfully raised. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value. @@ -9940,21 +9939,21 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    187) The effect is intended to be similar to that of floating-point exceptions raised by arithmetic operations. Hence, enabled traps for floating-point exceptions raised by this function are taken. The specification in F.7.6 is in the same spirit.

    7.6.2.4 The fesetexceptflag function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <fenv.h>
              int fesetexceptflag(const fexcept_t *flagp,
                   int excepts);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fesetexceptflag function attempts to set the floating-point status flags indicated by the argument excepts to the states stored in the object pointed to by @@ -9962,25 +9961,25 @@ unsigned long long int fegetexceptflag whose second argument represented at least those floating-point exceptions represented by the argument excepts. This function does not raise floating- point exceptions, but only sets the state of the flags. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fesetexceptflag function returns zero if the excepts argument is zero or if all the specified flags were successfully set to the appropriate state. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.

    7.6.2.5 The fetestexcept function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <fenv.h>
              int fetestexcept(int excepts);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fetestexcept function determines which of a specified subset of the floating- point exception flags are currently set. The excepts argument specifies the floating- point status flags to be queried.188) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fetestexcept function returns the value of the bitwise OR of the floating-point exception macros corresponding to the currently set floating-point exceptions included in @@ -10008,7 +10007,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    188) This mechanism allows testing several floating-point exceptions with just one function call. @@ -10018,34 +10017,34 @@ unsigned long long int modes.

    7.6.3.1 The fegetround function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <fenv.h>
             int fegetround(void);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fegetround function gets the current rounding direction. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fegetround function returns the value of the rounding direction macro representing the current rounding direction or a negative value if there is no such rounding direction macro or the current rounding direction is not determinable.

    7.6.3.2 The fesetround function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <fenv.h>
             int fesetround(int round);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fesetround function establishes the rounding direction represented by its argument round. If the argument is not equal to the value of a rounding direction macro, the rounding direction is not changed. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fesetround function returns zero if and only if the requested rounding direction was established. @@ -10077,41 +10076,41 @@ unsigned long long int control modes -- as one entity.

    7.6.4.1 The fegetenv function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <fenv.h>
             int fegetenv(fenv_t *envp);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fegetenv function attempts to store the current floating-point environment in the object pointed to by envp. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fegetenv function returns zero if the environment was successfully stored. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.

    7.6.4.2 The feholdexcept function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <fenv.h>
             int feholdexcept(fenv_t *envp);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The feholdexcept function saves the current floating-point environment in the object pointed to by envp, clears the floating-point status flags, and then installs a non-stop (continue on floating-point exceptions) mode, if available, for all floating-point exceptions.189) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The feholdexcept function returns zero if and only if non-stop floating-point exception handling was successfully installed. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    189) IEC 60559 systems have a default non-stop mode, and typically at least one other mode for trap handling or aborting; if the system provides only the non-stop mode then installing it is trivial. For such systems, the feholdexcept function can be used in conjunction with the feupdateenv @@ -10119,39 +10118,39 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.6.4.3 The fesetenv function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <fenv.h>
              int fesetenv(const fenv_t *envp);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fesetenv function attempts to establish the floating-point environment represented by the object pointed to by envp. The argument envp shall point to an object set by a call to fegetenv or feholdexcept, or equal a floating-point environment macro. Note that fesetenv merely installs the state of the floating-point status flags represented through its argument, and does not raise these floating-point exceptions. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fesetenv function returns zero if the environment was successfully established. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.

    7.6.4.4 The feupdateenv function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <fenv.h>
              int feupdateenv(const fenv_t *envp);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The feupdateenv function attempts to save the currently raised floating-point exceptions in its automatic storage, install the floating-point environment represented by the object pointed to by envp, and then raise the saved floating-point exceptions. The argument envp shall point to an object set by a call to feholdexcept or fegetenv, or equal a floating-point environment macro. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The feupdateenv function returns zero if all the actions were successfully carried out. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value. @@ -10182,7 +10181,7 @@ unsigned long long int }

    -

    7.7 Characteristics of floating types

    +

    7.7 Characteristics of floating types <float.h>

    The header <float.h> defines several macros that expand to various limits and parameters of the standard floating-point types. @@ -10191,7 +10190,7 @@ unsigned long long int in 5.2.4.2.2. -

    7.8 Format conversion of integer types

    +

    7.8 Format conversion of integer types <inttypes.h>

    The header <inttypes.h> includes the header <stdint.h> and extends it with additional facilities provided by hosted implementations. @@ -10207,7 +10206,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: integer types <stdint.h> (7.18), formatted input/output functions (7.19.6), formatted wide character input/output functions (7.24.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    190) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.4). @@ -10235,26 +10234,26 @@ unsigned long long int

    The fprintf macros for unsigned integers are: -

             PRIoN           PRIoLEASTN               PRIoFASTN              PRIoMAX             PRIoPTR
             PRIuN           PRIuLEASTN               PRIuFASTN              PRIuMAX             PRIuPTR
             PRIxN           PRIxLEASTN               PRIxFASTN              PRIxMAX             PRIxPTR
             PRIXN           PRIXLEASTN               PRIXFASTN              PRIXMAX             PRIXPTR
     
    +

    The fscanf macros for signed integers are: -

             SCNdN           SCNdLEASTN               SCNdFASTN              SCNdMAX             SCNdPTR
             SCNiN           SCNiLEASTN               SCNiFASTN              SCNiMAX             SCNiPTR
     
    +

    The fscanf macros for unsigned integers are: -

             SCNoN           SCNoLEASTN               SCNoFASTN              SCNoMAX             SCNoPTR
             SCNuN           SCNuLEASTN               SCNuFASTN              SCNuMAX             SCNuPTR
             SCNxN           SCNxLEASTN               SCNxFASTN              SCNxMAX             SCNxPTR
     
    +

    For each type that the implementation provides in <stdint.h>, the corresponding fprintf macros shall be defined and the corresponding fscanf macros shall be defined unless the implementation does not have a suitable fscanf length modifier for @@ -10274,7 +10273,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    191) C++ implementations should define these macros only when __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS is defined before <inttypes.h> is included. @@ -10286,13 +10285,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.8.2 Functions for greatest-width integer types

    7.8.2.1 The imaxabs function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <inttypes.h>
              intmax_t imaxabs(intmax_t j);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The imaxabs function computes the absolute value of an integer j. If the result cannot be represented, the behavior is undefined.193) @@ -10300,26 +10299,26 @@ unsigned long long int -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The imaxabs function returns the absolute value. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    193) The absolute value of the most negative number cannot be represented in two's complement.

    7.8.2.2 The imaxdiv function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

                 #include <inttypes.h>
                 imaxdiv_t imaxdiv(intmax_t numer, intmax_t denom);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The imaxdiv function computes numer / denom and numer % denom in a single operation. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The imaxdiv function returns a structure of type imaxdiv_t comprising both the quotient and the remainder. The structure shall contain (in either order) the members @@ -10327,7 +10326,7 @@ unsigned long long int either part of the result cannot be represented, the behavior is undefined.

    7.8.2.3 The strtoimax and strtoumax functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <inttypes.h>
    @@ -10336,12 +10335,12 @@ unsigned long long int
             uintmax_t strtoumax(const char * restrict nptr,
                  char ** restrict endptr, int base);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strtoimax and strtoumax functions are equivalent to the strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions, except that the initial portion of the string is converted to intmax_t and uintmax_t representation, respectively. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strtoimax and strtoumax functions return the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range @@ -10353,7 +10352,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.8.2.4 The wcstoimax and wcstoumax functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stddef.h>           // for wchar_t
    @@ -10363,12 +10362,12 @@ unsigned long long int
             uintmax_t wcstoumax(const wchar_t * restrict nptr,
                  wchar_t ** restrict endptr, int base);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcstoimax and wcstoumax functions are equivalent to the wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions except that the initial portion of the wide string is converted to intmax_t and uintmax_t representation, respectively. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcstoimax function returns the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range of representable @@ -10379,7 +10378,7 @@ unsigned long long int (7.24.4.1.2). -

    7.9 Alternative spellings

    +

    7.9 Alternative spellings <iso646.h>

    The header <iso646.h> defines the following eleven macros (on the left) that expand to the corresponding tokens (on the right): @@ -10398,7 +10397,7 @@ unsigned long long int xor_eq ^=

    -

    7.10 Sizes of integer types

    +

    7.10 Sizes of integer types <limits.h>

    The header <limits.h> defines several macros that expand to various limits and parameters of the standard integer types. @@ -10407,7 +10406,7 @@ unsigned long long int in 5.2.4.2.1. -

    7.11 Localization

    +

    7.11 Localization <locale.h>

    The header <locale.h> declares two functions, one type, and defines several macros.

    @@ -10420,7 +10419,6 @@ unsigned long long int their normal ranges are explained in 7.11.2.1. In the "C" locale, the members shall have the values specified in the comments. -

             char   *decimal_point;                 //   "."
             char   *thousands_sep;                 //   ""
    @@ -10447,6 +10445,7 @@ unsigned long long int
             char   int_p_sign_posn;                //   CHAR_MAX
             char   int_n_sign_posn;                //   CHAR_MAX
     
    +

    The macros defined are NULL (described in 7.17); and

               LC_ALL
    @@ -10461,7 +10460,7 @@ unsigned long long int
      with the characters LC_ and an uppercase letter,195) may also be specified by the
      implementation.
     
    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    194) ISO/IEC 9945-2 specifies locale and charmap formats that may be used to specify locales for C.

    195) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.5). @@ -10470,13 +10469,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.11.1 Locale control

    7.11.1.1 The setlocale function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <locale.h>
               char *setlocale(int category, const char *locale);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The setlocale function selects the appropriate portion of the program's locale as specified by the category and locale arguments. The setlocale function may be @@ -10504,7 +10503,7 @@ unsigned long long int is executed.

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the setlocale function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If a pointer to a string is given for locale and the selection can be honored, the setlocale function returns a pointer to the string associated with the specified @@ -10524,7 +10523,7 @@ unsigned long long int (7.20.8), numeric conversion functions (7.20.1), the strcoll function (7.21.4.3), the strftime function (7.23.3.5), the strxfrm function (7.21.4.5). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    196) The only functions in 7.4 whose behavior is not affected by the current locale are isdigit and isxdigit. @@ -10535,13 +10534,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.11.2 Numeric formatting convention inquiry

    7.11.2.1 The localeconv function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <locale.h>
              struct lconv *localeconv(void);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The localeconv function sets the components of an object with type struct lconv with values appropriate for the formatting of numeric quantities (monetary and otherwise) @@ -10697,7 +10696,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the localeconv function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The localeconv function returns a pointer to the filled-in object. The structure pointed to by the return value shall not be modified by the program, but may be @@ -10767,7 +10766,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    -

    7.12 Mathematics

    +

    7.12 Mathematics <math.h>

    The header <math.h> declares two types and many mathematical functions and defines several macros. Most synopses specify a family of functions consisting of a principal @@ -10877,7 +10876,7 @@ unsigned long long int shall define the macros FE_DIVBYZERO, FE_INVALID, and FE_OVERFLOW in <fenv.h>. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    198) Particularly on systems with wide expression evaluation, a <math.h> function might pass arguments and return values in wider format than the synopsis prototype indicates. @@ -10939,7 +10938,7 @@ unsigned long long int math_errhandling & MATH_ERREXCEPT is nonzero, whether the ''underflow'' floating-point exception is raised is implementation-defined. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    203) In an implementation that supports infinities, this allows an infinity as an argument to be a domain error if the mathematical domain of the function does not include the infinity. @@ -10948,13 +10947,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.12.2 The FP_CONTRACT pragma

    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
              #pragma STDC FP_CONTRACT on-off-switch
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The FP_CONTRACT pragma can be used to allow (if the state is ''on'') or disallow (if the state is ''off'') the implementation to contract expressions (6.5). Each pragma can occur @@ -10980,19 +10979,19 @@ unsigned long long int expression of real floating type.

    7.12.3.1 The fpclassify macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <math.h>
               int fpclassify(real-floating x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fpclassify macro classifies its argument value as NaN, infinite, normal, subnormal, zero, or into another implementation-defined category. First, an argument represented in a format wider than its semantic type is converted to its semantic type. Then classification is based on the type of the argument.205) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fpclassify macro returns the value of the number classification macro appropriate to the value of its argument. @@ -11006,20 +11005,20 @@ unsigned long long int

    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    205) Since an expression can be evaluated with more range and precision than its type has, it is important to know the type that classification is based on. For example, a normal long double value might become subnormal when converted to double, and zero when converted to float.

    7.12.3.2 The isfinite macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <math.h>
               int isfinite(real-floating x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isfinite macro determines whether its argument has a finite value (zero, subnormal, or normal, and not infinite or NaN). First, an argument represented in a @@ -11030,51 +11029,51 @@ unsigned long long int -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The isfinite macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a finite value.

    7.12.3.3 The isinf macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
              int isinf(real-floating x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isinf macro determines whether its argument value is an infinity (positive or negative). First, an argument represented in a format wider than its semantic type is converted to its semantic type. Then determination is based on the type of the argument. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The isinf macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has an infinite value.

    7.12.3.4 The isnan macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
              int isnan(real-floating x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isnan macro determines whether its argument value is a NaN. First, an argument represented in a format wider than its semantic type is converted to its semantic type. Then determination is based on the type of the argument.206) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The isnan macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a NaN value. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    206) For the isnan macro, the type for determination does not matter unless the implementation supports NaNs in the evaluation type but not in the semantic type.

    7.12.3.5 The isnormal macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -11085,33 +11084,33 @@ unsigned long long int
      
      
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isnormal macro determines whether its argument value is normal (neither zero, subnormal, infinite, nor NaN). First, an argument represented in a format wider than its semantic type is converted to its semantic type. Then determination is based on the type of the argument. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The isnormal macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a normal value.

    7.12.3.6 The signbit macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
              int signbit(real-floating x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The signbit macro determines whether the sign of its argument value is negative.207) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The signbit macro returns a nonzero value if and only if the sign of its argument value is negative. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    207) The signbit macro reports the sign of all values, including infinities, zeros, and NaNs. If zero is unsigned, it is treated as positive. @@ -11119,7 +11118,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.12.4 Trigonometric functions

    7.12.4.1 The acos functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -11127,11 +11126,11 @@ unsigned long long int
              float acosf(float x);
              long double acosl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The acos functions compute the principal value of the arc cosine of x. A domain error occurs for arguments not in the interval [-1, +1]. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The acos functions return arccos x in the interval [0, pi ] radians. @@ -11141,7 +11140,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.12.4.2 The asin functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11149,16 +11148,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float asinf(float x);
             long double asinl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The asin functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of x. A domain error occurs for arguments not in the interval [-1, +1]. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The asin functions return arcsin x in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] radians.

    7.12.4.3 The atan functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11166,15 +11165,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float atanf(float x);
             long double atanl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The atan functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of x. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The atan functions return arctan x in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] radians.

    7.12.4.4 The atan2 functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11182,18 +11181,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float atan2f(float y, float x);
             long double atan2l(long double y, long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The atan2 functions compute the value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. A domain error may occur if both arguments are zero. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The atan2 functions return arctan y/x in the interval [-pi , +pi ] radians.

    7.12.4.5 The cos functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11201,15 +11200,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float cosf(float x);
             long double cosl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cos functions compute the cosine of x (measured in radians). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cos functions return cos x.

    7.12.4.6 The sin functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11217,15 +11216,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float sinf(float x);
             long double sinl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The sin functions compute the sine of x (measured in radians). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The sin functions return sin x.

    7.12.4.7 The tan functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11233,10 +11232,10 @@ unsigned long long int
             float tanf(float x);
             long double tanl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The tan functions return the tangent of x (measured in radians). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The tan functions return tan x. @@ -11244,7 +11243,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.12.5 Hyperbolic functions

    7.12.5.1 The acosh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11252,16 +11251,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float acoshf(float x);
             long double acoshl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The acosh functions compute the (nonnegative) arc hyperbolic cosine of x. A domain error occurs for arguments less than 1. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The acosh functions return arcosh x in the interval [0, +(inf)].

    7.12.5.2 The asinh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11269,15 +11268,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float asinhf(float x);
             long double asinhl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The asinh functions compute the arc hyperbolic sine of x. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The asinh functions return arsinh x.

    7.12.5.3 The atanh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11285,18 +11284,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float atanhf(float x);
             long double atanhl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The atanh functions compute the arc hyperbolic tangent of x. A domain error occurs for arguments not in the interval [-1, +1]. A range error may occur if the argument equals -1 or +1. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The atanh functions return artanh x.

    7.12.5.4 The cosh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11304,16 +11303,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float coshf(float x);
             long double coshl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cosh functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of x. A range error occurs if the magnitude of x is too large. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cosh functions return cosh x.

    7.12.5.5 The sinh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11321,16 +11320,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float sinhf(float x);
             long double sinhl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The sinh functions compute the hyperbolic sine of x. A range error occurs if the magnitude of x is too large. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The sinh functions return sinh x.

    7.12.5.6 The tanh functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11338,18 +11337,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float tanhf(float x);
             long double tanhl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The tanh functions compute the hyperbolic tangent of x. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The tanh functions return tanh x.

    7.12.6 Exponential and logarithmic functions

    7.12.6.1 The exp functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11357,16 +11356,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float expf(float x);
             long double expl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The exp functions compute the base-e exponential of x. A range error occurs if the magnitude of x is too large. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The exp functions return ex.

    7.12.6.2 The exp2 functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11374,16 +11373,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float exp2f(float x);
             long double exp2l(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The exp2 functions compute the base-2 exponential of x. A range error occurs if the magnitude of x is too large. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The exp2 functions return 2x.

    7.12.6.3 The expm1 functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

    @@ -11392,20 +11391,20 @@ unsigned long long int
             float expm1f(float x);
             long double expm1l(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The expm1 functions compute the base-e exponential of the argument, minus 1. A range error occurs if x is too large.208) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The expm1 functions return ex - 1. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    208) For small magnitude x, expm1(x) is expected to be more accurate than exp(x) - 1.

    7.12.6.4 The frexp functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -11413,18 +11412,18 @@ unsigned long long int
              float frexpf(float value, int *exp);
              long double frexpl(long double value, int *exp);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The frexp functions break a floating-point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. They store the integer in the int object pointed to by exp. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If value is not a floating-point number, the results are unspecified. Otherwise, the frexp functions return the value x, such that x has a magnitude in the interval [1/2, 1) or zero, and value equals x 2*exp . If value is zero, both parts of the result are zero.

    7.12.6.5 The ilogb functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -11432,7 +11431,7 @@ unsigned long long int
              int ilogbf(float x);
              int ilogbl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ilogb functions extract the exponent of x as a signed int value. If x is zero they compute the value FP_ILOGB0; if x is infinite they compute the value INT_MAX; if x is @@ -11445,13 +11444,13 @@ unsigned long long int -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ilogb functions return the exponent of x as a signed int value.

    Forward references: the logb functions (7.12.6.11).

    7.12.6.6 The ldexp functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11459,16 +11458,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float ldexpf(float x, int exp);
             long double ldexpl(long double x, int exp);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ldexp functions multiply a floating-point number by an integral power of 2. A range error may occur. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ldexp functions return x 2exp .

    7.12.6.7 The log functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11476,16 +11475,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float logf(float x);
             long double logl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The log functions compute the base-e (natural) logarithm of x. A domain error occurs if the argument is negative. A range error may occur if the argument is zero. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The log functions return loge x.

    7.12.6.8 The log10 functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

    @@ -11494,16 +11493,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float log10f(float x);
             long double log10l(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The log10 functions compute the base-10 (common) logarithm of x. A domain error occurs if the argument is negative. A range error may occur if the argument is zero. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The log10 functions return log10 x.

    7.12.6.9 The log1p functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -11511,21 +11510,21 @@ unsigned long long int
              float log1pf(float x);
              long double log1pl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The log1p functions compute the base-e (natural) logarithm of 1 plus the argument.209) A domain error occurs if the argument is less than -1. A range error may occur if the argument equals -1. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The log1p functions return loge (1 + x). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    209) For small magnitude x, log1p(x) is expected to be more accurate than log(1 + x).

    7.12.6.10 The log2 functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -11533,11 +11532,11 @@ unsigned long long int
              float log2f(float x);
              long double log2l(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The log2 functions compute the base-2 logarithm of x. A domain error occurs if the argument is less than zero. A range error may occur if the argument is zero. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The log2 functions return log2 x. @@ -11547,7 +11546,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.12.6.11 The logb functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11555,7 +11554,7 @@ unsigned long long int
             float logbf(float x);
             long double logbl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The logb functions extract the exponent of x, as a signed integer value in floating-point format. If x is subnormal it is treated as though it were normalized; thus, for positive @@ -11564,12 +11563,12 @@ unsigned long long int 1 <= x FLT_RADIX-logb(x) < FLT_RADIX

    A domain error or range error may occur if the argument is zero. -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The logb functions return the signed exponent of x.

    7.12.6.12 The modf functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11577,18 +11576,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float modff(float value, float *iptr);
             long double modfl(long double value, long double *iptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The modf functions break the argument value into integral and fractional parts, each of which has the same type and sign as the argument. They store the integral part (in floating-point format) in the object pointed to by iptr. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The modf functions return the signed fractional part of value.

    7.12.6.13 The scalbn and scalbln functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11599,18 +11598,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float scalblnf(float x, long int n);
             long double scalblnl(long double x, long int n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The scalbn and scalbln functions compute x FLT_RADIXn efficiently, not normally by computing FLT_RADIXn explicitly. A range error may occur. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The scalbn and scalbln functions return x FLT_RADIXn .

    7.12.7 Power and absolute-value functions

    7.12.7.1 The cbrt functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11618,15 +11617,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float cbrtf(float x);
             long double cbrtl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The cbrt functions compute the real cube root of x. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The cbrt functions return x1/3.

    7.12.7.2 The fabs functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11634,16 +11633,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float fabsf(float x);
             long double fabsl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fabs functions compute the absolute value of a floating-point number x. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fabs functions return | x |.

    7.12.7.3 The hypot functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11651,17 +11650,17 @@ unsigned long long int
             float hypotf(float x, float y);
             long double hypotl(long double x, long double y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The hypot functions compute the square root of the sum of the squares of x and y, without undue overflow or underflow. A range error may occur.

    -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The hypot functions return (sqrt)(x2 + y2).

    7.12.7.4 The pow functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11669,18 +11668,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float powf(float x, float y);
             long double powl(long double x, long double y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The pow functions compute x raised to the power y. A domain error occurs if x is finite and negative and y is finite and not an integer value. A range error may occur. A domain error may occur if x is zero and y is zero. A domain error or range error may occur if x is zero and y is less than zero. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The pow functions return xy.

    7.12.7.5 The sqrt functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

    @@ -11689,18 +11688,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float sqrtf(float x);
             long double sqrtl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The sqrt functions compute the nonnegative square root of x. A domain error occurs if the argument is less than zero. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The sqrt functions return (sqrt)(x).

    7.12.8 Error and gamma functions

    7.12.8.1 The erf functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11708,10 +11707,10 @@ unsigned long long int
             float erff(float x);
             long double erfl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The erf functions compute the error function of x. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The erf functions return

    @@ -11721,7 +11720,7 @@ unsigned long long int
     
    7.12.8.2 The erfc functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11729,11 +11728,11 @@ unsigned long long int
             float erfcf(float x);
             long double erfcl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The erfc functions compute the complementary error function of x. A range error occurs if x is too large. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The erfc functions return

    @@ -11744,7 +11743,7 @@ unsigned long long int
      
     
     
    7.12.8.3 The lgamma functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11752,17 +11751,17 @@ unsigned long long int
             float lgammaf(float x);
             long double lgammal(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The lgamma functions compute the natural logarithm of the absolute value of gamma of x. A range error occurs if x is too large. A range error may occur if x is a negative integer or zero. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The lgamma functions return loge | (Gamma)(x) |.

    7.12.8.4 The tgamma functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11770,19 +11769,19 @@ unsigned long long int
             float tgammaf(float x);
             long double tgammal(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The tgamma functions compute the gamma function of x. A domain error or range error may occur if x is a negative integer or zero. A range error may occur if the magnitude of x is too large or too small. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The tgamma functions return (Gamma)(x).

    7.12.9 Nearest integer functions

    7.12.9.1 The ceil functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11790,16 +11789,16 @@ unsigned long long int
             float ceilf(float x);
             long double ceill(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ceil functions compute the smallest integer value not less than x. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ceil functions return [^x^], expressed as a floating-point number.

    7.12.9.2 The floor functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11807,15 +11806,15 @@ unsigned long long int
             float floorf(float x);
             long double floorl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The floor functions compute the largest integer value not greater than x. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The floor functions return [_x_], expressed as a floating-point number.

    7.12.9.3 The nearbyint functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11823,17 +11822,17 @@ unsigned long long int
             float nearbyintf(float x);
             long double nearbyintl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The nearbyint functions round their argument to an integer value in floating-point format, using the current rounding direction and without raising the ''inexact'' floating- point exception. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The nearbyint functions return the rounded integer value.

    7.12.9.4 The rint functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11841,18 +11840,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float rintf(float x);
             long double rintl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The rint functions differ from the nearbyint functions (7.12.9.3) only in that the rint functions may raise the ''inexact'' floating-point exception if the result differs in value from the argument. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The rint functions return the rounded integer value.

    7.12.9.5 The lrint and llrint functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11863,18 +11862,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             long long int llrintf(float x);
             long long int llrintl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The lrint and llrint functions round their argument to the nearest integer value, rounding according to the current rounding direction. If the rounded value is outside the range of the return type, the numeric result is unspecified and a domain error or range error may occur. * -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The lrint and llrint functions return the rounded integer value.

    7.12.9.6 The round functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11882,18 +11881,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             float roundf(float x);
             long double roundl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The round functions round their argument to the nearest integer value in floating-point format, rounding halfway cases away from zero, regardless of the current rounding direction. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The round functions return the rounded integer value.

    7.12.9.7 The lround and llround functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11904,18 +11903,18 @@ unsigned long long int
             long long int llroundf(float x);
             long long int llroundl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The lround and llround functions round their argument to the nearest integer value, rounding halfway cases away from zero, regardless of the current rounding direction. If the rounded value is outside the range of the return type, the numeric result is unspecified and a domain error or range error may occur. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The lround and llround functions return the rounded integer value.

    7.12.9.8 The trunc functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11923,11 +11922,11 @@ unsigned long long int
             float truncf(float x);
             long double truncl(long double x);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The trunc functions round their argument to the integer value, in floating format, nearest to but no larger in magnitude than the argument. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The trunc functions return the truncated integer value. @@ -11935,7 +11934,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.12.10 Remainder functions

    7.12.10.1 The fmod functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <math.h>
    @@ -11943,10 +11942,10 @@ unsigned long long int
               float fmodf(float x, float y);
               long double fmodl(long double x, long double y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fmod functions compute the floating-point remainder of x/y. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fmod functions return the value x - ny, for some integer n such that, if y is nonzero, the result has the same sign as x and magnitude less than the magnitude of y. If y is zero, @@ -11954,7 +11953,7 @@ unsigned long long int defined.

    7.12.10.2 The remainder functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <math.h>
    @@ -11962,10 +11961,10 @@ unsigned long long int
               float remainderf(float x, float y);
               long double remainderl(long double x, long double y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The remainder functions compute the remainder x REM y required by IEC 60559.210) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The remainder functions return x REM y. If y is zero, whether a domain error occurs or the functions return zero is implementation defined. @@ -11975,7 +11974,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    210) ''When y != 0, the remainder r = x REM y is defined regardless of the rounding mode by the mathematical relation r = x - ny, where n is the integer nearest the exact value of x/y; whenever | n - x/y | = 1/2, then n is even. Thus, the remainder is always exact. If r = 0, its sign shall be that of @@ -11983,7 +11982,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.12.10.3 The remquo functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -11992,13 +11991,13 @@ unsigned long long int
             long double remquol(long double x, long double y,
                  int *quo);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The remquo functions compute the same remainder as the remainder functions. In the object pointed to by quo they store a value whose sign is the sign of x/y and whose magnitude is congruent modulo 2n to the magnitude of the integral quotient of x/y, where n is an implementation-defined integer greater than or equal to 3. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The remquo functions return x REM y. If y is zero, the value stored in the object pointed to by quo is unspecified and whether a domain error occurs or the functions @@ -12007,7 +12006,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.12.11 Manipulation functions

    7.12.11.1 The copysign functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
    @@ -12015,19 +12014,19 @@ unsigned long long int
             float copysignf(float x, float y);
             long double copysignl(long double x, long double y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The copysign functions produce a value with the magnitude of x and the sign of y. They produce a NaN (with the sign of y) if x is a NaN. On implementations that represent a signed zero but do not treat negative zero consistently in arithmetic operations, the copysign functions regard the sign of zero as positive. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The copysign functions return a value with the magnitude of x and the sign of y.

    7.12.11.2 The nan functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -12035,7 +12034,7 @@ unsigned long long int
              float nanf(const char *tagp);
              long double nanl(const char *tagp);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The call nan("n-char-sequence") is equivalent to strtod("NAN(n-char- sequence)", (char**) NULL); the call nan("") is equivalent to @@ -12043,14 +12042,14 @@ unsigned long long int sequence or an empty string, the call is equivalent to strtod("NAN", (char**) NULL). Calls to nanf and nanl are equivalent to the corresponding calls to strtof and strtold. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The nan functions return a quiet NaN, if available, with content indicated through tagp. If the implementation does not support quiet NaNs, the functions return zero.

    Forward references: the strtod, strtof, and strtold functions (7.20.1.3).

    7.12.11.3 The nextafter functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -12058,14 +12057,14 @@ unsigned long long int
              float nextafterf(float x, float y);
              long double nextafterl(long double x, long double y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The nextafter functions determine the next representable value, in the type of the function, after x in the direction of y, where x and y are first converted to the type of the function.211) The nextafter functions return y if x equals y. A range error may occur if the magnitude of x is the largest finite value representable in the type and the result is infinite or not representable in the type. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The nextafter functions return the next representable value in the specified format after x in the direction of y. @@ -12073,13 +12072,13 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    211) The argument values are converted to the type of the function, even by a macro implementation of the function.

    7.12.11.4 The nexttoward functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -12087,13 +12086,13 @@ unsigned long long int
              float nexttowardf(float x, long double y);
              long double nexttowardl(long double x, long double y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The nexttoward functions are equivalent to the nextafter functions except that the second parameter has type long double and the functions return y converted to the type of the function if x equals y.212) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    212) The result of the nexttoward functions is determined in the type of the function, without loss of range or precision in a floating second argument. @@ -12101,7 +12100,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.12.12 Maximum, minimum, and positive difference functions

    7.12.12.1 The fdim functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -12109,7 +12108,7 @@ unsigned long long int
              float fdimf(float x, float y);
              long double fdiml(long double x, long double y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fdim functions determine the positive difference between their arguments:

    @@ -12118,12 +12117,12 @@ unsigned long long int
            {+0     if x <= y
     
    A range error may occur. -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fdim functions return the positive difference value.

    7.12.12.2 The fmax functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -12135,20 +12134,20 @@ unsigned long long int
      
      
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fmax functions determine the maximum numeric value of their arguments.213) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fmax functions return the maximum numeric value of their arguments. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    213) NaN arguments are treated as missing data: if one argument is a NaN and the other numeric, then the fmax functions choose the numeric value. See F.9.9.2.

    7.12.12.3 The fmin functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -12156,21 +12155,21 @@ unsigned long long int
              float fminf(float x, float y);
              long double fminl(long double x, long double y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fmin functions determine the minimum numeric value of their arguments.214) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fmin functions return the minimum numeric value of their arguments. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    214) The fmin functions are analogous to the fmax functions in their treatment of NaNs.

    7.12.13 Floating multiply-add

    7.12.13.1 The fma functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <math.h>
    @@ -12179,12 +12178,12 @@ unsigned long long int
              long double fmal(long double x, long double y,
                   long double z);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fma functions compute (x y) + z, rounded as one ternary operation: they compute the value (as if) to infinite precision and round once to the result format, according to the current rounding mode. A range error may occur. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fma functions return (x y) + z, rounded as one ternary operation. @@ -12206,37 +12205,37 @@ unsigned long long int the synopses in this subclause, real-floating indicates that the argument shall be an expression of real floating type. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    215) IEC 60559 requires that the built-in relational operators raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception if the operands compare unordered, as an error indicator for programs written without consideration of NaNs; the result in these cases is false.

    7.12.14.1 The isgreater macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <math.h>
               int isgreater(real-floating x, real-floating y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isgreater macro determines whether its first argument is greater than its second argument. The value of isgreater(x, y) is always equal to (x) > (y); however, unlike (x) > (y), isgreater(x, y) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception when x and y are unordered. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The isgreater macro returns the value of (x) > (y).

    7.12.14.2 The isgreaterequal macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <math.h>
               int isgreaterequal(real-floating x, real-floating y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isgreaterequal macro determines whether its first argument is greater than or equal to its second argument. The value of isgreaterequal(x, y) is always equal @@ -12246,52 +12245,52 @@ unsigned long long int -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The isgreaterequal macro returns the value of (x) >= (y).

    7.12.14.3 The isless macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
             int isless(real-floating x, real-floating y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isless macro determines whether its first argument is less than its second argument. The value of isless(x, y) is always equal to (x) < (y); however, unlike (x) < (y), isless(x, y) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception when x and y are unordered. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The isless macro returns the value of (x) < (y).

    7.12.14.4 The islessequal macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
             int islessequal(real-floating x, real-floating y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The islessequal macro determines whether its first argument is less than or equal to its second argument. The value of islessequal(x, y) is always equal to (x) <= (y); however, unlike (x) <= (y), islessequal(x, y) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception when x and y are unordered. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The islessequal macro returns the value of (x) <= (y).

    7.12.14.5 The islessgreater macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <math.h>
             int islessgreater(real-floating x, real-floating y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The islessgreater macro determines whether its first argument is less than or greater than its second argument. The islessgreater(x, y) macro is similar to @@ -12299,26 +12298,26 @@ unsigned long long int the ''invalid'' floating-point exception when x and y are unordered (nor does it evaluate x and y twice). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The islessgreater macro returns the value of (x) < (y) || (x) > (y).

    7.12.14.6 The isunordered macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

            #include <math.h>
            int isunordered(real-floating x, real-floating y);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The isunordered macro determines whether its arguments are unordered. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The isunordered macro returns 1 if its arguments are unordered and 0 otherwise. -

    7.13 Nonlocal jumps

    +

    7.13 Nonlocal jumps <setjmp.h>

    The header <setjmp.h> defines the macro setjmp, and declares one function and one type, for bypassing the normal function call and return discipline.216) @@ -12338,7 +12337,7 @@ unsigned long long int linkage. If a macro definition is suppressed in order to access an actual function, or a program defines an external identifier with the name setjmp, the behavior is undefined. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    216) These functions are useful for dealing with unusual conditions encountered in a low-level function of a program. @@ -12346,22 +12345,22 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.13.1 Save calling environment

    7.13.1.1 The setjmp macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <setjmp.h>
              int setjmp(jmp_buf env);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The setjmp macro saves its calling environment in its jmp_buf argument for later use by the longjmp function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the return is from a direct invocation, the setjmp macro returns the value zero. If the return is from a call to the longjmp function, the setjmp macro returns a nonzero value. -

    Environmental limits
    +

    Environmental limits

    An invocation of the setjmp macro shall appear only in one of the following contexts:

      @@ -12382,13 +12381,13 @@ unsigned long long int

      7.13.2 Restore calling environment

      7.13.2.1 The longjmp function
      -
      Synopsis
      +

      Synopsis

                 #include <setjmp.h>
                 void longjmp(jmp_buf env, int val);
       
      -
      Description
      +

      Description

      The longjmp function restores the environment saved by the most recent invocation of the setjmp macro in the same invocation of the program with the corresponding @@ -12403,7 +12402,7 @@ unsigned long long int invocation of the corresponding setjmp macro that do not have volatile-qualified type and have been changed between the setjmp invocation and longjmp call are indeterminate. -

      Returns
      +

      Returns

      After longjmp is completed, program execution continues as if the corresponding invocation of the setjmp macro had just returned the value specified by val. The @@ -12442,14 +12441,14 @@ unsigned long long int }

    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    217) For example, by executing a return statement or because another longjmp call has caused a transfer to a setjmp invocation in a function earlier in the set of nested calls.

    218) This includes, but is not limited to, the floating-point status flags and the state of open files. -

    7.14 Signal handling

    +

    7.14 Signal handling <signal.h>

    The header <signal.h> declares a type and two functions and defines several macros, for handling various signals (conditions that may be reported during program execution). @@ -12472,7 +12471,6 @@ unsigned long long int compare unequal to the address of any declarable function; and the following, which expand to positive integer constant expressions with type int and distinct values that are the signal numbers, each corresponding to the specified condition: -

              SIGABRT abnormal termination, such as is initiated by the abort function
              SIGFPE         an erroneous arithmetic operation, such as zero divide or an operation
    @@ -12482,6 +12480,7 @@ unsigned long long int
              SIGSEGV an invalid access to storage
              SIGTERM a termination request sent to the program
     
    +

    An implementation need not generate any of these signals, except as a result of explicit calls to the raise function. Additional signals and pointers to undeclarable functions, with macro definitions beginning, respectively, with the letters SIG and an uppercase @@ -12494,7 +12493,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    219) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.9). The names of the signal numbers reflect the following terms (respectively): abort, floating-point exception, illegal instruction, interrupt, segmentation violation, and termination. @@ -12503,13 +12502,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.14.1 Specify signal handling

    7.14.1.1 The signal function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <signal.h>
              void (*signal(int sig, void (*func)(int)))(int);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The signal function chooses one of three ways in which receipt of the signal number sig is to be subsequently handled. If the value of func is SIG_DFL, default handling @@ -12556,7 +12555,7 @@ unsigned long long int is executed for all other signals defined by the implementation.

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the signal function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the request can be honored, the signal function returns the value of func for the most recent successful call to signal for the specified signal sig. Otherwise, a value of @@ -12564,30 +12563,30 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: the abort function (7.20.4.1), the exit function (7.20.4.3), the _Exit function (7.20.4.4). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    220) If any signal is generated by an asynchronous signal handler, the behavior is undefined.

    7.14.2 Send signal

    7.14.2.1 The raise function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <signal.h>
             int raise(int sig);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The raise function carries out the actions described in 7.14.1.1 for the signal sig. If a signal handler is called, the raise function shall not return until after the signal handler does. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The raise function returns zero if successful, nonzero if unsuccessful. -

    7.15 Variable arguments

    +

    7.15 Variable arguments <stdarg.h>

    The header <stdarg.h> declares a type and defines four macros, for advancing through a list of arguments whose number and types are not known to the called function @@ -12610,7 +12609,7 @@ unsigned long long int value of ap in the calling function is indeterminate and shall be passed to the va_end macro prior to any further reference to ap.221) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    221) It is permitted to create a pointer to a va_list and pass that pointer to another function, in which case the original function may make further use of the original list after the other function returns. @@ -12626,13 +12625,13 @@ unsigned long long int function.

    7.15.1.1 The va_arg macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdarg.h>
              type va_arg(va_list ap, type);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The va_arg macro expands to an expression that has the specified type and the value of the next argument in the call. The parameter ap shall have been initialized by the @@ -12651,38 +12650,38 @@ unsigned long long int type, and the value is representable in both types;

  • one type is pointer to void and the other is a pointer to a character type. -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The first invocation of the va_arg macro after that of the va_start macro returns the value of the argument after that specified by parmN . Successive invocations return the values of the remaining arguments in succession.

    7.15.1.2 The va_copy macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
             void va_copy(va_list dest, va_list src);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The va_copy macro initializes dest as a copy of src, as if the va_start macro had been applied to dest followed by the same sequence of uses of the va_arg macro as had previously been used to reach the present state of src. Neither the va_copy nor va_start macro shall be invoked to reinitialize dest without an intervening invocation of the va_end macro for the same dest. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The va_copy macro returns no value.

    7.15.1.3 The va_end macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
             void va_end(va_list ap);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The va_end macro facilitates a normal return from the function whose variable argument list was referred to by the expansion of the va_start macro, or the function @@ -12692,18 +12691,18 @@ unsigned long long int by the va_start or va_copy macro). If there is no corresponding invocation of the va_start or va_copy macro, or if the va_end macro is not invoked before the return, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The va_end macro returns no value.

    7.15.1.4 The va_start macro
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdarg.h>
              void va_start(va_list ap, parmN);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The va_start macro shall be invoked before any access to the unnamed arguments.

    @@ -12716,7 +12715,7 @@ unsigned long long int parmN is declared with the register storage class, with a function or array type, or with a type that is not compatible with the type that results after application of the default argument promotions, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The va_start macro returns no value.

    @@ -12779,7 +12778,7 @@ unsigned long long int }

  • -

    7.16 Boolean type and values

    +

    7.16 Boolean type and values <stdbool.h>

    The header <stdbool.h> defines four macros.

    @@ -12812,11 +12811,11 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    222) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.7). -

    7.17 Common definitions

    +

    7.17 Common definitions <stddef.h>

    The following types and macros are defined in the standard header <stddef.h>. Some are also defined in other headers, as noted in their respective subclauses. @@ -12857,7 +12856,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    then the expression &(t.member-designator) evaluates to an address constant. (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.) -
    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    The types used for size_t and ptrdiff_t should not have an integer conversion rank greater than that of signed long int unless the implementation supports objects @@ -12865,7 +12864,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: localization (7.11). -

    7.18 Integer types

    +

    7.18 Integer types <stdint.h>

    The header <stdint.h> declares sets of integer types having specified widths, and defines corresponding sets of macros.223) It also defines macros that specify limits of @@ -12891,7 +12890,7 @@ unsigned long long int shall provide those types described as ''required'', but need not provide any of the others (described as ''optional''). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    223) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.8).

    224) Some of these types may denote implementation-defined extended integer types. @@ -12967,7 +12966,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    All other types of this form are optional. -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    225) The designated type is not guaranteed to be fastest for all purposes; if the implementation has no clear grounds for choosing one type over another, it will simply pick some integer type satisfying the signedness and width requirements. @@ -13018,7 +13017,7 @@ unsigned long long int magnitude (absolute value) than the corresponding value given below, with the same sign, except where stated to be exactly the given value. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    226) C++ implementations should define these macros only when __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS is defined before <stdint.h> is included. @@ -13166,7 +13165,7 @@ unsigned long long int otherwise, wint_t is defined as an unsigned integer type, and the value of WINT_MIN shall be 0 and the value of WINT_MAX shall be no less than 65535. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    227) C++ implementations should define these macros only when __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS is defined before <stdint.h> is included. @@ -13196,7 +13195,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    230) C++ implementations should define these macros only when __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS is defined before <stdint.h> is included. @@ -13223,7 +13222,7 @@ unsigned long long int UINTMAX_C(value)

    -

    7.19 Input/output

    +

    7.19 Input/output <stdio.h>

    7.19.1 Introduction

    @@ -13329,7 +13328,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: files (7.19.3), the fseek function (7.19.9.2), streams (7.19.2), the tmpnam function (7.19.4.4), <wchar.h> (7.24). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    231) If the implementation imposes no practical limit on the length of file name strings, the value of FILENAME_MAX should instead be the recommended size of an array intended to hold a file name string. Of course, file name string contents are subject to other system-specific constraints; therefore @@ -13392,7 +13391,7 @@ unsigned long long int value of this mbstate_t object as part of the value of the fpos_t object. A later successful call to fsetpos using the same stored fpos_t value restores the value of the associated mbstate_t object as well as the position within the controlled stream. -

    Environmental limits
    +

    Environmental limits

    An implementation shall support text files with lines containing at least 254 characters, including the terminating new-line character. The value of the macro BUFSIZ shall be at @@ -13406,7 +13405,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    232) An implementation need not distinguish between text streams and binary streams. In such an implementation, there need be no new-line characters in a text stream nor any limit to the length of a line. @@ -13508,7 +13507,7 @@ unsigned long long int multibyte character. The wide character input/output functions and the byte input/output functions store the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno if and only if an encoding error occurs. -

    Environmental limits
    +

    Environmental limits

    The value of FOPEN_MAX shall be at least eight, including the three standard text streams. @@ -13518,7 +13517,7 @@ unsigned long long int fputwc function (7.24.3.3), conversion state (7.24.6), the mbrtowc function (7.24.6.3.2), the wcrtomb function (7.24.6.3.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    234) Setting the file position indicator to end-of-file, as with fseek(file, 0, SEEK_END), has undefined behavior for a binary stream (because of possible trailing null characters) or for any stream with state-dependent encoding that does not assuredly end in the initial shift state. @@ -13527,79 +13526,79 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.19.4 Operations on files

    7.19.4.1 The remove function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int remove(const char *filename);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The remove function causes the file whose name is the string pointed to by filename to be no longer accessible by that name. A subsequent attempt to open that file using that name will fail, unless it is created anew. If the file is open, the behavior of the remove function is implementation-defined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The remove function returns zero if the operation succeeds, nonzero if it fails.

    7.19.4.2 The rename function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int rename(const char *old, const char *new);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The rename function causes the file whose name is the string pointed to by old to be henceforth known by the name given by the string pointed to by new. The file named old is no longer accessible by that name. If a file named by the string pointed to by new exists prior to the call to the rename function, the behavior is implementation-defined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The rename function returns zero if the operation succeeds, nonzero if it fails,235) in which case if the file existed previously it is still known by its original name. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    235) Among the reasons the implementation may cause the rename function to fail are that the file is open or that it is necessary to copy its contents to effectuate its renaming.

    7.19.4.3 The tmpfile function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              FILE *tmpfile(void);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The tmpfile function creates a temporary binary file that is different from any other existing file and that will automatically be removed when it is closed or at program termination. If the program terminates abnormally, whether an open temporary file is removed is implementation-defined. The file is opened for update with "wb+" mode. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    It should be possible to open at least TMP_MAX temporary files during the lifetime of the program (this limit may be shared with tmpnam) and there should be no limit on the number simultaneously open other than this limit and any limit on the number of open files (FOPEN_MAX). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The tmpfile function returns a pointer to the stream of the file that it created. If the file cannot be created, the tmpfile function returns a null pointer.

    Forward references: the fopen function (7.19.5.3).

    7.19.4.4 The tmpnam function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              char *tmpnam(char *s);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The tmpnam function generates a string that is a valid file name and that is not the same as the name of an existing file.236) The function is potentially capable of generating @@ -13612,7 +13611,7 @@ unsigned long long int The tmpnam function generates a different string each time it is called.

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the tmpnam function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If no suitable string can be generated, the tmpnam function returns a null pointer. Otherwise, if the argument is a null pointer, the tmpnam function leaves its result in an @@ -13620,11 +13619,11 @@ unsigned long long int function may modify the same object). If the argument is not a null pointer, it is assumed to point to an array of at least L_tmpnam chars; the tmpnam function writes its result in that array and returns the argument as its value. -

    Environmental limits
    +

    Environmental limits

    The value of the macro TMP_MAX shall be at least 25. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    236) Files created using strings generated by the tmpnam function are temporary only in the sense that their names should not collide with those generated by conventional naming rules for the implementation. It is still necessary to use the remove function to remove such files when their use @@ -13634,13 +13633,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    7.19.5 File access functions

    7.19.5.1 The fclose function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int fclose(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A successful call to the fclose function causes the stream pointed to by stream to be flushed and the associated file to be closed. Any unwritten buffered data for the stream @@ -13648,20 +13647,20 @@ unsigned long long int are discarded. Whether or not the call succeeds, the stream is disassociated from the file and any buffer set by the setbuf or setvbuf function is disassociated from the stream (and deallocated if it was automatically allocated). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fclose function returns zero if the stream was successfully closed, or EOF if any errors were detected.

    7.19.5.2 The fflush function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int fflush(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    If stream points to an output stream or an update stream in which the most recent operation was not input, the fflush function causes any unwritten data for that stream @@ -13670,21 +13669,21 @@ unsigned long long int

    If stream is a null pointer, the fflush function performs this flushing action on all streams for which the behavior is defined above. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fflush function sets the error indicator for the stream and returns EOF if a write error occurs, otherwise it returns zero.

    Forward references: the fopen function (7.19.5.3).

    7.19.5.3 The fopen function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              FILE *fopen(const char * restrict filename,
                   const char * restrict mode);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fopen function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by filename, and associates a stream with it. @@ -13729,20 +13728,20 @@ unsigned long long int

    When opened, a stream is fully buffered if and only if it can be determined not to refer to an interactive device. The error and end-of-file indicators for the stream are cleared. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fopen function returns a pointer to the object controlling the stream. If the open operation fails, fopen returns a null pointer.

    Forward references: file positioning functions (7.19.9). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    237) If the string begins with one of the above sequences, the implementation might choose to ignore the remaining characters, or it might use them to select different kinds of a file (some of which might not conform to the properties in 7.19.2).

    7.19.5.4 The freopen function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
    @@ -13750,7 +13749,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  const char * restrict mode,
                  FILE * restrict stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The freopen function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by filename and associates the stream pointed to by stream with it. The mode argument is used just @@ -13765,37 +13764,37 @@ unsigned long long int The freopen function first attempts to close any file that is associated with the specified stream. Failure to close the file is ignored. The error and end-of-file indicators for the stream are cleared. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The freopen function returns a null pointer if the open operation fails. Otherwise, freopen returns the value of stream. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    238) The primary use of the freopen function is to change the file associated with a standard text stream (stderr, stdin, or stdout), as those identifiers need not be modifiable lvalues to which the value returned by the fopen function may be assigned.

    7.19.5.5 The setbuf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              void setbuf(FILE * restrict stream,
                   char * restrict buf);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    Except that it returns no value, the setbuf function is equivalent to the setvbuf function invoked with the values _IOFBF for mode and BUFSIZ for size, or (if buf is a null pointer), with the value _IONBF for mode. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The setbuf function returns no value.

    Forward references: the setvbuf function (7.19.5.6).

    7.19.5.6 The setvbuf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
    @@ -13808,7 +13807,7 @@ unsigned long long int
      
      
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The setvbuf function may be used only after the stream pointed to by stream has been associated with an open file and before any other operation (other than an @@ -13820,12 +13819,12 @@ unsigned long long int specifies the size of the array; otherwise, size may determine the size of a buffer allocated by the setvbuf function. The contents of the array at any time are indeterminate. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The setvbuf function returns zero on success, or nonzero if an invalid value is given for mode or if the request cannot be honored. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    239) The buffer has to have a lifetime at least as great as the open stream, so the stream should be closed before a buffer that has automatic storage duration is deallocated upon block exit. @@ -13835,19 +13834,19 @@ unsigned long long int The formatted input/output functions shall behave as if there is a sequence point after the actions associated with each specifier.240) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    240) The fprintf functions perform writes to memory for the %n specifier.

    7.19.6.1 The fprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              int fprintf(FILE * restrict stream,
                   const char * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fprintf function writes output to the stream pointed to by stream, under control of the string pointed to by format that specifies how subsequent arguments are @@ -14094,7 +14093,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is a power of 2, the value is correctly rounded to a hexadecimal floating number with the given precision. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2 and the result is not exactly representable in the given precision, the result should be one of the two adjacent numbers @@ -14109,11 +14108,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi adjacent decimal strings L < U, both having DECIMAL_DIG significant digits; the value of the resultant decimal string D should satisfy L <= D <= U, with the extra stipulation that the error should have a correct sign for the current rounding direction. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value if an output or encoding error occurred. -

    Environmental limits
    +

    Environmental limits

    The number of characters that can be produced by any single conversion shall be at least 4095. @@ -14168,7 +14167,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    Forward references: conversion state (7.24.6), the wcrtomb function (7.24.6.3.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    241) Note that 0 is taken as a flag, not as the beginning of a field width.

    242) The results of all floating conversions of a negative zero, and of negative values that round to zero, @@ -14197,14 +14196,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.19.6.2 The fscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <stdio.h>
               int fscanf(FILE * restrict stream,
                    const char * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fscanf function reads input from the stream pointed to by stream, under control of the string pointed to by format that specifies the admissible input sequences and how @@ -14402,7 +14401,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi Trailing white space (including new-line characters) is left unread unless matched by a directive. The success of literal matches and suppressed assignments is not directly determinable other than via the %n directive. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the function returns the number of input items @@ -14444,7 +14443,6 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    EXAMPLE 3 To accept repeatedly from stdin a quantity, a unit of measure, and an item name: -

               #include <stdio.h>
               /* ... */
    @@ -14454,6 +14452,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                       fscanf(stdin,"%*[^\n]");
               } while (!feof(stdin) && !ferror(stdin));
     
    +

    If the stdin stream contains the following lines:

               2 quarts of oil
    @@ -14548,7 +14547,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      (7.24.6), the wcrtomb function (7.24.6.3.3).
     
     
    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    250) These white-space characters are not counted against a specified field width.

    251) fscanf pushes back at most one input character onto the input stream. Therefore, some sequences @@ -14562,33 +14561,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.19.6.3 The printf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int printf(const char * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The printf function is equivalent to fprintf with the argument stdout interposed before the arguments to printf. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The printf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value if an output or encoding error occurred.

    7.19.6.4 The scanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int scanf(const char * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The scanf function is equivalent to fscanf with the argument stdin interposed before the arguments to scanf. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The scanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the scanf function returns the number of input items @@ -14596,14 +14595,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi matching failure.

    7.19.6.5 The snprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int snprintf(char * restrict s, size_t n,
                  const char * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The snprintf function is equivalent to fprintf, except that the output is written into an array (specified by argument s) rather than to a stream. If n is zero, nothing is written, @@ -14612,7 +14611,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi of the characters actually written into the array. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The snprintf function returns the number of characters that would have been written had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating null character, or a negative @@ -14620,39 +14619,39 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi completely written if and only if the returned value is nonnegative and less than n.

    7.19.6.6 The sprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int sprintf(char * restrict s,
                  const char * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The sprintf function is equivalent to fprintf, except that the output is written into an array (specified by the argument s) rather than to a stream. A null character is written at the end of the characters written; it is not counted as part of the returned value. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The sprintf function returns the number of characters written in the array, not counting the terminating null character, or a negative value if an encoding error occurred.

    7.19.6.7 The sscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int sscanf(const char * restrict s,
                  const char * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The sscanf function is equivalent to fscanf, except that input is obtained from a string (specified by the argument s) rather than from a stream. Reaching the end of the string is equivalent to encountering end-of-file for the fscanf function. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The sscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the sscanf function returns the number of input @@ -14661,7 +14660,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.19.6.8 The vfprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -14670,13 +14669,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const char * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vfprintf function is equivalent to fprintf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfprintf function does not invoke the va_end macro.254) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vfprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value if an output or encoding error occurred. @@ -14702,13 +14701,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    254) As the functions vfprintf, vfscanf, vprintf, vscanf, vsnprintf, vsprintf, and vsscanf invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is indeterminate.

    7.19.6.9 The vfscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -14717,13 +14716,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const char * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vfscanf function is equivalent to fscanf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfscanf function does not invoke the va_end macro.254) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vfscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the vfscanf function returns the number of input @@ -14731,7 +14730,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi early matching failure.

    7.19.6.10 The vprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -14739,20 +14738,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             int vprintf(const char * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vprintf function is equivalent to printf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vprintf function does not invoke the va_end macro.254) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value if an output or encoding error occurred.

    7.19.6.11 The vscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -14760,13 +14759,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             int vscanf(const char * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vscanf function is equivalent to scanf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vscanf function does not invoke the va_end macro.254) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the vscanf function returns the number of input @@ -14774,7 +14773,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi early matching failure.

    7.19.6.12 The vsnprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -14783,14 +14782,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const char * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vsnprintf function is equivalent to snprintf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsnprintf function does not invoke the va_end macro.254) If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vsnprintf function returns the number of characters that would have been written had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating null character, or a negative @@ -14799,7 +14798,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.19.6.13 The vsprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -14808,20 +14807,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const char * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vsprintf function is equivalent to sprintf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsprintf function does not invoke the va_end macro.254) If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vsprintf function returns the number of characters written in the array, not counting the terminating null character, or a negative value if an encoding error occurred.

    7.19.6.14 The vsscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -14830,13 +14829,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const char * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vsscanf function is equivalent to sscanf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsscanf function does not invoke the va_end macro.254) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vsscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the vsscanf function returns the number of input @@ -14847,19 +14846,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.19.7 Character input/output functions

    7.19.7.1 The fgetc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              int fgetc(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    If the end-of-file indicator for the input stream pointed to by stream is not set and a next character is present, the fgetc function obtains that character as an unsigned char converted to an int and advances the associated file position indicator for the stream (if defined). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set, or if the stream is at end-of-file, the end- of-file indicator for the stream is set and the fgetc function returns EOF. Otherwise, the @@ -14867,25 +14866,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi If a read error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and the fgetc function returns EOF.255) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    255) An end-of-file and a read error can be distinguished by use of the feof and ferror functions.

    7.19.7.2 The fgets function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              char *fgets(char * restrict s, int n,
                   FILE * restrict stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fgets function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by n from the stream pointed to by stream into the array pointed to by s. No additional characters are read after a new-line character (which is retained) or after end-of-file. A null character is written immediately after the last character read into the array. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fgets function returns s if successful. If end-of-file is encountered and no characters have been read into the array, the contents of the array remain unchanged and a @@ -14898,55 +14897,55 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.19.7.3 The fputc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int fputc(int c, FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fputc function writes the character specified by c (converted to an unsigned char) to the output stream pointed to by stream, at the position indicated by the associated file position indicator for the stream (if defined), and advances the indicator appropriately. If the file cannot support positioning requests, or if the stream was opened with append mode, the character is appended to the output stream. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fputc function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and fputc returns EOF.

    7.19.7.4 The fputs function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int fputs(const char * restrict s,
                  FILE * restrict stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fputs function writes the string pointed to by s to the stream pointed to by stream. The terminating null character is not written. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fputs function returns EOF if a write error occurs; otherwise it returns a nonnegative value.

    7.19.7.5 The getc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int getc(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The getc function is equivalent to fgetc, except that if it is implemented as a macro, it may evaluate stream more than once, so the argument should never be an expression with side effects. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The getc function returns the next character from the input stream pointed to by stream. If the stream is at end-of-file, the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set and @@ -14954,16 +14953,16 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi getc returns EOF.

    7.19.7.6 The getchar function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int getchar(void);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The getchar function is equivalent to getc with the argument stdin. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The getchar function returns the next character from the input stream pointed to by stdin. If the stream is at end-of-file, the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set and @@ -14971,19 +14970,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi getchar returns EOF.

    7.19.7.7 The gets function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             char *gets(char *s);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The gets function reads characters from the input stream pointed to by stdin, into the array pointed to by s, until end-of-file is encountered or a new-line character is read. Any new-line character is discarded, and a null character is written immediately after the last character read into the array. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The gets function returns s if successful. If end-of-file is encountered and no characters have been read into the array, the contents of the array remain unchanged and a @@ -14993,63 +14992,63 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.19.7.8 The putc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int putc(int c, FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The putc function is equivalent to fputc, except that if it is implemented as a macro, it may evaluate stream more than once, so that argument should never be an expression with side effects. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The putc function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and putc returns EOF.

    7.19.7.9 The putchar function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int putchar(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The putchar function is equivalent to putc with the second argument stdout. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The putchar function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and putchar returns EOF.

    7.19.7.10 The puts function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int puts(const char *s);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The puts function writes the string pointed to by s to the stream pointed to by stdout, and appends a new-line character to the output. The terminating null character is not written. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The puts function returns EOF if a write error occurs; otherwise it returns a nonnegative value.

    7.19.7.11 The ungetc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <stdio.h>
               int ungetc(int c, FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ungetc function pushes the character specified by c (converted to an unsigned char) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. Pushed-back characters will be @@ -15073,7 +15072,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi For a binary stream, its file position indicator is decremented by each successful call to the ungetc function; if its value was zero before a call, it is indeterminate after the call.256) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ungetc function returns the character pushed back after conversion, or EOF if the operation fails. @@ -15084,14 +15083,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    256) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.9).

    7.19.8 Direct input/output functions

    7.19.8.1 The fread function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
    @@ -15099,7 +15098,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  size_t size, size_t nmemb,
                  FILE * restrict stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fread function reads, into the array pointed to by ptr, up to nmemb elements whose size is specified by size, from the stream pointed to by stream. For each @@ -15108,7 +15107,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi indicator for the stream (if defined) is advanced by the number of characters successfully read. If an error occurs, the resulting value of the file position indicator for the stream is indeterminate. If a partial element is read, its value is indeterminate. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fread function returns the number of elements successfully read, which may be less than nmemb if a read error or end-of-file is encountered. If size or nmemb is zero, @@ -15116,7 +15115,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi unchanged.

    7.19.8.2 The fwrite function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
    @@ -15124,7 +15123,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  size_t size, size_t nmemb,
                  FILE * restrict stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fwrite function writes, from the array pointed to by ptr, up to nmemb elements whose size is specified by size, to the stream pointed to by stream. For each object, @@ -15134,7 +15133,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi error occurs, the resulting value of the file position indicator for the stream is indeterminate. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fwrite function returns the number of elements successfully written, which will be less than nmemb only if a write error is encountered. If size or nmemb is zero, @@ -15143,33 +15142,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.19.9 File positioning functions

    7.19.9.1 The fgetpos function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int fgetpos(FILE * restrict stream,
                  fpos_t * restrict pos);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fgetpos function stores the current values of the parse state (if any) and file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream in the object pointed to by pos. The values stored contain unspecified information usable by the fsetpos function for repositioning the stream to its position at the time of the call to the fgetpos function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If successful, the fgetpos function returns zero; on failure, the fgetpos function returns nonzero and stores an implementation-defined positive value in errno.

    Forward references: the fsetpos function (7.19.9.3).

    7.19.9.2 The fseek function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int fseek(FILE *stream, long int offset, int whence);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fseek function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. If a read or write error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and fseek fails. @@ -15189,19 +15188,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi effects of the ungetc function on the stream, clears the end-of-file indicator for the stream, and then establishes the new position. After a successful fseek call, the next operation on an update stream may be either input or output. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fseek function returns nonzero only for a request that cannot be satisfied.

    Forward references: the ftell function (7.19.9.4).

    7.19.9.3 The fsetpos function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int fsetpos(FILE *stream, const fpos_t *pos);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fsetpos function sets the mbstate_t object (if any) and file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream according to the value of the object pointed to by @@ -15213,19 +15212,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi on the stream, clears the end-of-file indicator for the stream, and then establishes the new parse state and position. After a successful fsetpos call, the next operation on an update stream may be either input or output. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If successful, the fsetpos function returns zero; on failure, the fsetpos function returns nonzero and stores an implementation-defined positive value in errno.

    7.19.9.4 The ftell function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             long int ftell(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ftell function obtains the current value of the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. For a binary stream, the value is the number of characters from @@ -15235,20 +15234,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi return values is not necessarily a meaningful measure of the number of characters written or read. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If successful, the ftell function returns the current value of the file position indicator for the stream. On failure, the ftell function returns -1L and stores an implementation-defined positive value in errno.

    7.19.9.5 The rewind function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             void rewind(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The rewind function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream to the beginning of the file. It is equivalent to @@ -15256,66 +15255,66 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi (void)fseek(stream, 0L, SEEK_SET)

    except that the error indicator for the stream is also cleared. -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The rewind function returns no value.

    7.19.10 Error-handling functions

    7.19.10.1 The clearerr function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             void clearerr(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The clearerr function clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The clearerr function returns no value.

    7.19.10.2 The feof function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int feof(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The feof function tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The feof function returns nonzero if and only if the end-of-file indicator is set for stream.

    7.19.10.3 The ferror function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             int ferror(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ferror function tests the error indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ferror function returns nonzero if and only if the error indicator is set for stream.

    7.19.10.4 The perror function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             void perror(const char *s);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The perror function maps the error number in the integer expression errno to an error message. It writes a sequence of characters to the standard error stream thus: first @@ -15323,13 +15322,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi string pointed to by s followed by a colon (:) and a space; then an appropriate error message string followed by a new-line character. The contents of the error message strings are the same as those returned by the strerror function with argument errno. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The perror function returns no value.

    Forward references: the strerror function (7.21.6.2). -

    7.20 General utilities

    +

    7.20 General utilities <stdlib.h>

    The header <stdlib.h> declares five types and several functions of general utility, and defines several macros.257) @@ -15376,7 +15375,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    257) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.10). @@ -15387,26 +15386,26 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi behavior is undefined.

    7.20.1.1 The atof function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             double atof(const char *nptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The atof function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double representation. Except for the behavior on error, it is equivalent to

             strtod(nptr, (char **)NULL)
     
    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The atof function returns the converted value.

    Forward references: the strtod, strtof, and strtold functions (7.20.1.3).

    7.20.1.2 The atoi, atol, and atoll functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
    @@ -15414,7 +15413,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             long int atol(const char *nptr);
             long long int atoll(const char *nptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The atoi, atol, and atoll functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to int, long int, and long long int representation, respectively. @@ -15424,7 +15423,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi atol: strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10) atoll: strtoll(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10)

    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The atoi, atol, and atoll functions return the converted value.

    Forward references: the strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions @@ -15432,7 +15431,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.20.1.3 The strtod, strtof, and strtold functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
    @@ -15443,7 +15442,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             long double strtold(const char * restrict nptr,
                  char ** restrict endptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strtod, strtof, and strtold functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation, @@ -15501,7 +15500,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided that endptr is not a null pointer. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    If the subject sequence has the hexadecimal form, FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2, and the result is not exactly representable, the result should be one of the two numbers in the @@ -15520,7 +15519,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi stipulation that the error with respect to D should have a correct sign for the current rounding direction.260) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The functions return the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range of representable values, plus or @@ -15530,7 +15529,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi than the smallest normalized positive number in the return type; whether errno acquires the value ERANGE is implementation-defined. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    258) It is unspecified whether a minus-signed sequence is converted to a negative number directly or by negating the value resulting from converting the corresponding unsigned sequence (see F.5); the two methods may yield different results if rounding is toward positive or negative infinity. In either case, @@ -15544,7 +15543,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.20.1.4 The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdlib.h>
    @@ -15565,7 +15564,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                   char ** restrict endptr,
                   int base);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long int, long long int, unsigned @@ -15610,7 +15609,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided that endptr is not a null pointer. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions return the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value @@ -15622,33 +15621,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.20.2 Pseudo-random sequence generation functions

    7.20.2.1 The rand function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             int rand(void);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The rand function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range 0 to RAND_MAX.

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the rand function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The rand function returns a pseudo-random integer. -

    Environmental limits
    +

    Environmental limits

    The value of the RAND_MAX macro shall be at least 32767.

    7.20.2.2 The srand function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             void srand(unsigned int seed);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The srand function uses the argument as a seed for a new sequence of pseudo-random numbers to be returned by subsequent calls to rand. If srand is then called with the @@ -15657,7 +15656,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi as when srand is first called with a seed value of 1.

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the srand function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The srand function returns no value.

    @@ -15692,33 +15691,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi nonzero value, except that the returned pointer shall not be used to access an object.

    7.20.3.1 The calloc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdlib.h>
              void *calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The calloc function allocates space for an array of nmemb objects, each of whose size is size. The space is initialized to all bits zero.261) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The calloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    261) Note that this need not be the same as the representation of floating-point zero or a null pointer constant.

    7.20.3.2 The free function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdlib.h>
              void free(void *ptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The free function causes the space pointed to by ptr to be deallocated, that is, made available for further allocation. If ptr is a null pointer, no action occurs. Otherwise, if @@ -15728,33 +15727,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi realloc function, or if the space has been deallocated by a call to free or realloc, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The free function returns no value.

    7.20.3.3 The malloc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             void *malloc(size_t size);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The malloc function allocates space for an object whose size is specified by size and whose value is indeterminate. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The malloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space.

    7.20.3.4 The realloc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             void *realloc(void *ptr, size_t size);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The realloc function deallocates the old object pointed to by ptr and returns a pointer to a new object that has the size specified by size. The contents of the new @@ -15767,7 +15766,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi calloc, malloc, or realloc function, or if the space has been deallocated by a call to the free or realloc function, the behavior is undefined. If memory for the new object cannot be allocated, the old object is not deallocated and its value is unchanged. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The realloc function returns a pointer to the new object (which may have the same value as a pointer to the old object), or a null pointer if the new object could not be @@ -15777,13 +15776,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.20.4 Communication with the environment

    7.20.4.1 The abort function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             void abort(void);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The abort function causes abnormal program termination to occur, unless the signal SIGABRT is being caught and the signal handler does not return. Whether open streams @@ -15791,37 +15790,37 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi removed is implementation-defined. An implementation-defined form of the status unsuccessful termination is returned to the host environment by means of the function call raise(SIGABRT). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The abort function does not return to its caller.

    7.20.4.2 The atexit function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             int atexit(void (*func)(void));
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The atexit function registers the function pointed to by func, to be called without arguments at normal program termination. -

    Environmental limits
    +

    Environmental limits

    The implementation shall support the registration of at least 32 functions. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The atexit function returns zero if the registration succeeds, nonzero if it fails.

    Forward references: the exit function (7.20.4.3).

    7.20.4.3 The exit function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             void exit(int status);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The exit function causes normal program termination to occur. If more than one call to the exit function is executed by a program, the behavior is undefined. @@ -15841,23 +15840,23 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi returned. If the value of status is EXIT_FAILURE, an implementation-defined form of the status unsuccessful termination is returned. Otherwise the status returned is implementation-defined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The exit function cannot return to its caller. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    262) Each function is called as many times as it was registered, and in the correct order with respect to other registered functions.

    7.20.4.4 The _Exit function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdlib.h>
              void _Exit(int status);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The _Exit function causes normal program termination to occur and control to be returned to the host environment. No functions registered by the atexit function or @@ -15865,7 +15864,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi host environment is determined in the same way as for the exit function (7.20.4.3). Whether open streams with unwritten buffered data are flushed, open streams are closed, or temporary files are removed is implementation-defined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The _Exit function cannot return to its caller. @@ -15875,20 +15874,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.20.4.5 The getenv function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             char *getenv(const char *name);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The getenv function searches an environment list, provided by the host environment, for a string that matches the string pointed to by name. The set of environment names and the method for altering the environment list are implementation-defined.

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the getenv function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The getenv function returns a pointer to a string associated with the matched list member. The string pointed to shall not be modified by the program, but may be @@ -15896,20 +15895,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi be found, a null pointer is returned.

    7.20.4.6 The system function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             int system(const char *string);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    If string is a null pointer, the system function determines whether the host environment has a command processor. If string is not a null pointer, the system function passes the string pointed to by string to that command processor to be executed in a manner which the implementation shall document; this might then cause the program calling system to behave in a non-conforming manner or to terminate. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the argument is a null pointer, the system function returns nonzero only if a command processor is available. If the argument is not a null pointer, and the system @@ -15944,7 +15943,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi comparison function, and also between any call to the comparison function and any movement of the objects passed as arguments to that call. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    263) That is, if the value passed is p, then the following expressions are always nonzero:

    @@ -15955,7 +15954,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
     
     
    7.20.5.1 The bsearch function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <stdlib.h>
    @@ -15963,7 +15962,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                    size_t nmemb, size_t size,
                    int (*compar)(const void *, const void *));
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The bsearch function searches an array of nmemb objects, the initial element of which is pointed to by base, for an element that matches the object pointed to by key. The @@ -15978,25 +15977,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi respectively, to be less than, to match, or to be greater than the array element. The array shall consist of: all the elements that compare less than, all the elements that compare equal to, and all the elements that compare greater than the key object, in that order.264) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The bsearch function returns a pointer to a matching element of the array, or a null pointer if no match is found. If two elements compare as equal, which element is matched is unspecified. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    264) In practice, the entire array is sorted according to the comparison function.

    7.20.5.2 The qsort function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <stdlib.h>
               void qsort(void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
                    int (*compar)(const void *, const void *));
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The qsort function sorts an array of nmemb objects, the initial element of which is pointed to by base. The size of each object is specified by size. @@ -16008,7 +16007,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi or greater than the second.

    If two elements compare as equal, their order in the resulting sorted array is unspecified. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The qsort function returns no value. @@ -16020,7 +16019,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.20.6 Integer arithmetic functions

    7.20.6.1 The abs, labs and llabs functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdlib.h>
    @@ -16028,20 +16027,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              long int labs(long int j);
              long long int llabs(long long int j);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The abs, labs, and llabs functions compute the absolute value of an integer j. If the result cannot be represented, the behavior is undefined.265) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The abs, labs, and llabs, functions return the absolute value. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    265) The absolute value of the most negative number cannot be represented in two's complement.

    7.20.6.2 The div, ldiv, and lldiv functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdlib.h>
    @@ -16049,11 +16048,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              ldiv_t ldiv(long int numer, long int denom);
              lldiv_t lldiv(long long int numer, long long int denom);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The div, ldiv, and lldiv, functions compute numer / denom and numer % denom in a single operation. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The div, ldiv, and lldiv functions return a structure of type div_t, ldiv_t, and lldiv_t, respectively, comprising both the quotient and the remainder. The structures @@ -16077,29 +16076,29 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi otherwise.266) Changing the LC_CTYPE category causes the conversion state of these functions to be indeterminate. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    266) If the locale employs special bytes to change the shift state, these bytes do not produce separate wide character codes, but are grouped with an adjacent multibyte character.

    7.20.7.1 The mblen function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdlib.h>
              int mblen(const char *s, size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    If s is not a null pointer, the mblen function determines the number of bytes contained in the multibyte character pointed to by s. Except that the conversion state of the mbtowc function is not affected, it is equivalent to -

              mbtowc((wchar_t *)0, s, n);
     
    +

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the mblen function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If s is a null pointer, the mblen function returns a nonzero or zero value, if multibyte character encodings, respectively, do or do not have state-dependent encodings. If s is @@ -16115,7 +16114,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.20.7.2 The mbtowc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
    @@ -16123,7 +16122,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const char * restrict s,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    If s is not a null pointer, the mbtowc function inspects at most n bytes beginning with the byte pointed to by s to determine the number of bytes needed to complete the next @@ -16134,7 +16133,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi character, the function is left in the initial conversion state.

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the mbtowc function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If s is a null pointer, the mbtowc function returns a nonzero or zero value, if multibyte character encodings, respectively, do or do not have state-dependent encodings. If s is @@ -16147,13 +16146,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi macro.

    7.20.7.3 The wctomb function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
             int wctomb(char *s, wchar_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wctomb function determines the number of bytes needed to represent the multibyte character corresponding to the wide character given by wc (including any shift @@ -16165,7 +16164,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the wctomb function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If s is a null pointer, the wctomb function returns a nonzero or zero value, if multibyte character encodings, respectively, do or do not have state-dependent encodings. If s is @@ -16181,7 +16180,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi the current locale.

    7.20.8.1 The mbstowcs function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <stdlib.h>
    @@ -16189,7 +16188,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                    const char * restrict s,
                    size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The mbstowcs function converts a sequence of multibyte characters that begins in the initial shift state from the array pointed to by s into a sequence of corresponding wide @@ -16201,7 +16200,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    No more than n elements will be modified in the array pointed to by pwcs. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If an invalid multibyte character is encountered, the mbstowcs function returns (size_t)(-1). Otherwise, the mbstowcs function returns the number of array @@ -16212,12 +16211,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    267) The array will not be null-terminated if the value returned is n.

    7.20.8.2 The wcstombs function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdlib.h>
    @@ -16225,7 +16224,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const wchar_t * restrict pwcs,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcstombs function converts a sequence of wide characters from the array pointed to by pwcs into a sequence of corresponding multibyte characters that begins in the @@ -16236,7 +16235,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    No more than n bytes will be modified in the array pointed to by s. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If a wide character is encountered that does not correspond to a valid multibyte character, the wcstombs function returns (size_t)(-1). Otherwise, the wcstombs function @@ -16244,7 +16243,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi any.267) -

    7.21 String handling

    +

    7.21 String handling <string.h>

    7.21.1 String function conventions

    @@ -16267,14 +16266,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi unsigned char (and therefore every possible object representation is valid and has a different value). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    268) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.11).

    7.21.2 Copying functions

    7.21.2.1 The memcpy function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <string.h>
    @@ -16282,12 +16281,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                    const void * restrict s2,
                    size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The memcpy function copies n characters from the object pointed to by s2 into the object pointed to by s1. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The memcpy function returns the value of s1. @@ -16297,42 +16296,42 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.21.2.2 The memmove function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             void *memmove(void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The memmove function copies n characters from the object pointed to by s2 into the object pointed to by s1. Copying takes place as if the n characters from the object pointed to by s2 are first copied into a temporary array of n characters that does not overlap the objects pointed to by s1 and s2, and then the n characters from the temporary array are copied into the object pointed to by s1. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The memmove function returns the value of s1.

    7.21.2.3 The strcpy function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             char *strcpy(char * restrict s1,
                  const char * restrict s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strcpy function copies the string pointed to by s2 (including the terminating null character) into the array pointed to by s1. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strcpy function returns the value of s1.

    7.21.2.4 The strncpy function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
    @@ -16340,7 +16339,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const char * restrict s2,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strncpy function copies not more than n characters (characters that follow a null character are not copied) from the array pointed to by s2 to the array pointed to by @@ -16350,11 +16349,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi If the array pointed to by s2 is a string that is shorter than n characters, null characters are appended to the copy in the array pointed to by s1, until n characters in all have been written. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strncpy function returns the value of s1. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    269) Thus, if there is no null character in the first n characters of the array pointed to by s2, the result will not be null-terminated. @@ -16362,25 +16361,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.21.3 Concatenation functions

    7.21.3.1 The strcat function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <string.h>
               char *strcat(char * restrict s1,
                    const char * restrict s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strcat function appends a copy of the string pointed to by s2 (including the terminating null character) to the end of the string pointed to by s1. The initial character of s2 overwrites the null character at the end of s1. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strcat function returns the value of s1.

    7.21.3.2 The strncat function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <string.h>
    @@ -16388,7 +16387,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                    const char * restrict s2,
                    size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strncat function appends not more than n characters (a null character and characters that follow it are not appended) from the array pointed to by s2 to the end of @@ -16397,12 +16396,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strncat function returns the value of s1.

    Forward references: the strlen function (7.21.6.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    270) Thus, the maximum number of characters that can end up in the array pointed to by s1 is strlen(s1)+n+1. @@ -16415,40 +16414,40 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi compared.

    7.21.4.1 The memcmp function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <string.h>
              int memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The memcmp function compares the first n characters of the object pointed to by s1 to the first n characters of the object pointed to by s2.271) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The memcmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly as the object pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the object pointed to by s2. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    271) The contents of ''holes'' used as padding for purposes of alignment within structure objects are indeterminate. Strings shorter than their allocated space and unions may also cause problems in comparison.

    7.21.4.2 The strcmp function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <string.h>
              int strcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strcmp function compares the string pointed to by s1 to the string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strcmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly as the string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the string @@ -16457,42 +16456,42 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi pointed to by s2.

    7.21.4.3 The strcoll function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             int strcoll(const char *s1, const char *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strcoll function compares the string pointed to by s1 to the string pointed to by s2, both interpreted as appropriate to the LC_COLLATE category of the current locale. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strcoll function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly as the string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the string pointed to by s2 when both are interpreted as appropriate to the current locale.

    7.21.4.4 The strncmp function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strncmp function compares not more than n characters (characters that follow a null character are not compared) from the array pointed to by s1 to the array pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strncmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly as the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s2.

    7.21.4.5 The strxfrm function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
    @@ -16500,7 +16499,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const char * restrict s2,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strxfrm function transforms the string pointed to by s2 and places the resulting string into the array pointed to by s1. The transformation is such that if the strcmp @@ -16511,7 +16510,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi pointed to by s1, including the terminating null character. If n is zero, s1 is permitted to be a null pointer. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strxfrm function returns the length of the transformed string (not including the terminating null character). If the value returned is n or more, the contents of the array @@ -16527,131 +16526,131 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.21.5 Search functions

    7.21.5.1 The memchr function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             void *memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The memchr function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to an unsigned char) in the initial n characters (each interpreted as unsigned char) of the object pointed to by s. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The memchr function returns a pointer to the located character, or a null pointer if the character does not occur in the object.

    7.21.5.2 The strchr function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             char *strchr(const char *s, int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strchr function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered to be part of the string. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strchr function returns a pointer to the located character, or a null pointer if the character does not occur in the string.

    7.21.5.3 The strcspn function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             size_t strcspn(const char *s1, const char *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strcspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of characters not from the string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strcspn function returns the length of the segment.

    7.21.5.4 The strpbrk function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             char *strpbrk(const char *s1, const char *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strpbrk function locates the first occurrence in the string pointed to by s1 of any character from the string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the character, or a null pointer if no character from s2 occurs in s1.

    7.21.5.5 The strrchr function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             char *strrchr(const char *s, int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strrchr function locates the last occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered to be part of the string. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strrchr function returns a pointer to the character, or a null pointer if c does not occur in the string.

    7.21.5.6 The strspn function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             size_t strspn(const char *s1, const char *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of characters from the string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strspn function returns the length of the segment.

    7.21.5.7 The strstr function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             char *strstr(const char *s1, const char *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strstr function locates the first occurrence in the string pointed to by s1 of the sequence of characters (excluding the terminating null character) in the string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strstr function returns a pointer to the located string, or a null pointer if the string is not found. If s2 points to a string with zero length, the function returns s1.

    7.21.5.8 The strtok function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             char *strtok(char * restrict s1,
                  const char * restrict s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A sequence of calls to the strtok function breaks the string pointed to by s1 into a sequence of tokens, each of which is delimited by a character from the string pointed to @@ -16676,7 +16675,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi searching from the saved pointer and behaves as described above.

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the strtok function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strtok function returns a pointer to the first character of a token, or a null pointer if there is no token. @@ -16696,58 +16695,58 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.21.6 Miscellaneous functions

    7.21.6.1 The memset function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <string.h>
              void *memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The memset function copies the value of c (converted to an unsigned char) into each of the first n characters of the object pointed to by s. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The memset function returns the value of s.

    7.21.6.2 The strerror function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             char *strerror(int errnum);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strerror function maps the number in errnum to a message string. Typically, the values for errnum come from errno, but strerror shall map any value of type int to a message.

    The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the strerror function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strerror function returns a pointer to the string, the contents of which are locale- specific. The array pointed to shall not be modified by the program, but may be overwritten by a subsequent call to the strerror function.

    7.21.6.3 The strlen function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <string.h>
             size_t strlen(const char *s);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strlen function computes the length of the string pointed to by s. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The strlen function returns the number of characters that precede the terminating null character. -

    7.22 Type-generic math

    +

    7.22 Type-generic math <tgmath.h>

    The header <tgmath.h> includes the headers <math.h> and <complex.h> and defines several type-generic macros. @@ -16871,7 +16870,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi cproj(ldc) cprojl(ldc)

    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    272) Like other function-like macros in Standard libraries, each type-generic macro can be suppressed to make available the corresponding ordinary function. @@ -16879,7 +16878,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi the behavior is undefined. -

    7.23 Date and time

    +

    7.23 Date and time <time.h>

    7.23.1 Components of time

    @@ -16933,23 +16932,23 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi The value of tm_isdst is positive if Daylight Saving Time is in effect, zero if Daylight Saving Time is not in effect, and negative if the information is not available. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    274) The range [0, 60] for tm_sec allows for a positive leap second.

    7.23.2 Time manipulation functions

    7.23.2.1 The clock function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <time.h>
              clock_t clock(void);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The clock function determines the processor time used. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The clock function returns the implementation's best approximation to the processor time used by the program since the beginning of an implementation-defined era related @@ -16958,23 +16957,23 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi the processor time used is not available or its value cannot be represented, the function returns the value (clock_t)(-1).275) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    275) In order to measure the time spent in a program, the clock function should be called at the start of the program and its return value subtracted from the value returned by subsequent calls.

    7.23.2.2 The difftime function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <time.h>
              double difftime(time_t time1, time_t time0);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The difftime function computes the difference between two calendar times: time1 - time0. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The difftime function returns the difference expressed in seconds as a double. @@ -16984,13 +16983,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.23.2.3 The mktime function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <time.h>
              time_t mktime(struct tm *timeptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The mktime function converts the broken-down time, expressed as local time, in the structure pointed to by timeptr into a calendar time value with the same encoding as @@ -17001,7 +17000,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi set appropriately, and the other components are set to represent the specified calendar time, but with their values forced to the ranges indicated above; the final value of tm_mday is not set until tm_mon and tm_year are determined. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The mktime function returns the specified calendar time encoded as a value of type time_t. If the calendar time cannot be represented, the function returns the value @@ -17037,24 +17036,24 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    276) Thus, a positive or zero value for tm_isdst causes the mktime function to presume initially that Daylight Saving Time, respectively, is or is not in effect for the specified time. A negative value causes it to attempt to determine whether Daylight Saving Time is in effect for the specified time.

    7.23.2.4 The time function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <time.h>
             time_t time(time_t *timer);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The time function determines the current calendar time. The encoding of the value is unspecified. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The time function returns the implementation's best approximation to the current calendar time. The value (time_t)(-1) is returned if the calendar time is not @@ -17071,13 +17070,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi functions call these functions.

    7.23.3.1 The asctime function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <time.h>
             char *asctime(const struct tm *timeptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The asctime function converts the broken-down time in the structure pointed to by timeptr into a string in the form @@ -17106,25 +17105,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi return result; }

    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The asctime function returns a pointer to the string.

    7.23.3.2 The ctime function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <time.h>
             char *ctime(const time_t *timer);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ctime function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer to local time in the form of a string. It is equivalent to

             asctime(localtime(timer))
     
    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ctime function returns the pointer returned by the asctime function with that broken-down time as argument. @@ -17132,39 +17131,39 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.23.3.3 The gmtime function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <time.h>
             struct tm *gmtime(const time_t *timer);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The gmtime function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer into a broken- down time, expressed as UTC. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The gmtime function returns a pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if the specified time cannot be converted to UTC.

    7.23.3.4 The localtime function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <time.h>
             struct tm *localtime(const time_t *timer);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The localtime function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer into a broken-down time, expressed as local time. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The localtime function returns a pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if the specified time cannot be converted to local time.

    7.23.3.5 The strftime function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <time.h>
    @@ -17173,7 +17172,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const char * restrict format,
                  const struct tm * restrict timeptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The strftime function places characters into the array pointed to by s as controlled by the string pointed to by format. The format shall be a multibyte character sequence, @@ -17314,7 +17313,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    %Z
    implementation-defined. -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the total number of resulting characters including the terminating null character is not more than maxsize, the strftime function returns the number of characters placed @@ -17322,7 +17321,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi zero is returned and the contents of the array are indeterminate. -

    7.24 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities

    +

    7.24 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities <wchar.h>

    7.24.1 Introduction

    @@ -17377,7 +17376,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi subclause causes copying to take place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    277) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.12).

    278) wchar_t and wint_t can be the same integer type. @@ -17390,12 +17389,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi The formatted wide character input/output functions shall behave as if there is a sequence point after the actions associated with each specifier.280) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    280) The fwprintf functions perform writes to memory for the %n specifier.

    7.24.2.1 The fwprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
    @@ -17403,7 +17402,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              int fwprintf(FILE * restrict stream,
                   const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fwprintf function writes output to the stream pointed to by stream, under control of the wide string pointed to by format that specifies how subsequent arguments @@ -17641,7 +17640,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is a power of 2, the value is correctly rounded to a hexadecimal floating number with the given precision. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2 and the result is not exactly representable in the given precision, the result should be one of the two adjacent numbers @@ -17656,13 +17655,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi adjacent decimal strings L < U, both having DECIMAL_DIG significant digits; the value of the resultant decimal string D should satisfy L <= D <= U, with the extra stipulation that the error should have a correct sign for the current rounding direction. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative value if an output or encoding error occurred. -

    Environmental limits
    +

    Environmental limits

    The number of wide characters that can be produced by any single conversion shall be at least 4095. @@ -17684,7 +17683,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    Forward references: the btowc function (7.24.6.1.1), the mbrtowc function (7.24.6.3.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    281) Note that 0 is taken as a flag, not as the beginning of a field width.

    282) The results of all floating conversions of a negative zero, and of negative values that round to zero, @@ -17709,7 +17708,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.2.2 The fwscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
    @@ -17717,7 +17716,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             int fwscanf(FILE * restrict stream,
                  const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fwscanf function reads input from the stream pointed to by stream, under control of the wide string pointed to by format that specifies the admissible input @@ -17915,7 +17914,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi Trailing white space (including new-line wide characters) is left unread unless matched by a directive. The success of literal matches and suppressed assignments is not directly determinable other than via the %n directive. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the function returns the number of input items @@ -17959,7 +17958,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions (7.24.4.1.2), the wcrtomb function (7.24.6.3.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    288) These white-space wide characters are not counted against a specified field width.

    289) fwscanf pushes back at most one input wide character onto the input stream. Therefore, some @@ -17969,7 +17968,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.2.3 The swprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -17977,33 +17976,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  size_t n,
                  const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The swprintf function is equivalent to fwprintf, except that the argument s specifies an array of wide characters into which the generated output is to be written, rather than written to a stream. No more than n wide characters are written, including a terminating null wide character, which is always added (unless n is zero). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The swprintf function returns the number of wide characters written in the array, not counting the terminating null wide character, or a negative value if an encoding error occurred or if n or more wide characters were requested to be written.

    7.24.2.4 The swscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             int swscanf(const wchar_t * restrict s,
                  const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The swscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf, except that the argument s specifies a wide string from which the input is to be obtained, rather than from a stream. Reaching the end of the wide string is equivalent to encountering end-of-file for the fwscanf function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The swscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the swscanf function returns the number of input @@ -18012,7 +18011,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.2.5 The vfwprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -18022,13 +18021,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const wchar_t * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vfwprintf function is equivalent to fwprintf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfwprintf function does not invoke the va_end macro.291) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vfwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative value if an output or encoding error occurred. @@ -18056,13 +18055,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    291) As the functions vfwprintf, vswprintf, vfwscanf, vwprintf, vwscanf, and vswscanf invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is indeterminate.

    7.24.2.6 The vfwscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -18072,13 +18071,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const wchar_t * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vfwscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfwscanf function does not invoke the va_end macro.291) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vfwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the vfwscanf function returns the number of input @@ -18086,7 +18085,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi early matching failure.

    7.24.2.7 The vswprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -18096,13 +18095,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const wchar_t * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vswprintf function is equivalent to swprintf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vswprintf function does not invoke the va_end macro.291) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vswprintf function returns the number of wide characters written in the array, not counting the terminating null wide character, or a negative value if an encoding error @@ -18110,7 +18109,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.2.8 The vswscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -18119,13 +18118,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const wchar_t * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vswscanf function is equivalent to swscanf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vswscanf function does not invoke the va_end macro.291) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vswscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the vswscanf function returns the number of input @@ -18133,7 +18132,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi early matching failure.

    7.24.2.9 The vwprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -18141,20 +18140,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             int vwprintf(const wchar_t * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vwprintf function is equivalent to wprintf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vwprintf function does not invoke the va_end macro.291) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative value if an output or encoding error occurred.

    7.24.2.10 The vwscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdarg.h>
    @@ -18162,13 +18161,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             int vwscanf(const wchar_t * restrict format,
                  va_list arg);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The vwscanf function is equivalent to wscanf, with the variable argument list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vwscanf function does not invoke the va_end macro.291) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The vwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the vwscanf function returns the number of input @@ -18176,34 +18175,34 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi early matching failure.

    7.24.2.11 The wprintf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             int wprintf(const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wprintf function is equivalent to fwprintf with the argument stdout interposed before the arguments to wprintf. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative value if an output or encoding error occurred.

    7.24.2.12 The wscanf function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             int wscanf(const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf with the argument stdin interposed before the arguments to wscanf. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before any conversion. Otherwise, the wscanf function returns the number of input @@ -18213,20 +18212,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.3 Wide character input/output functions

    7.24.3.1 The fgetwc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              #include <wchar.h>
              wint_t fgetwc(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    If the end-of-file indicator for the input stream pointed to by stream is not set and a next wide character is present, the fgetwc function obtains that wide character as a wchar_t converted to a wint_t and advances the associated file position indicator for the stream (if defined). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set, or if the stream is at end-of-file, the end- of-file indicator for the stream is set and the fgetwc function returns WEOF. Otherwise, @@ -18235,13 +18234,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi function returns WEOF. If an encoding error occurs (including too few bytes), the value of the macro EILSEQ is stored in errno and the fgetwc function returns WEOF.292) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    292) An end-of-file and a read error can be distinguished by use of the feof and ferror functions. Also, errno will be set to EILSEQ by input/output functions only if an encoding error occurs.

    7.24.3.2 The fgetws function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
    @@ -18249,7 +18248,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              wchar_t *fgetws(wchar_t * restrict s,
                   int n, FILE * restrict stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fgetws function reads at most one less than the number of wide characters specified by n from the stream pointed to by stream into the array pointed to by s. No @@ -18259,7 +18258,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi additional wide characters are read after a new-line wide character (which is retained) or after end-of-file. A null wide character is written immediately after the last wide character read into the array. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fgetws function returns s if successful. If end-of-file is encountered and no characters have been read into the array, the contents of the array remain unchanged and a @@ -18267,28 +18266,28 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi contents are indeterminate and a null pointer is returned.

    7.24.3.3 The fputwc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             #include <wchar.h>
             wint_t fputwc(wchar_t c, FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fputwc function writes the wide character specified by c to the output stream pointed to by stream, at the position indicated by the associated file position indicator for the stream (if defined), and advances the indicator appropriately. If the file cannot support positioning requests, or if the stream was opened with append mode, the character is appended to the output stream. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fputwc function returns the wide character written. If a write error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and fputwc returns WEOF. If an encoding error occurs, the value of the macro EILSEQ is stored in errno and fputwc returns WEOF.

    7.24.3.4 The fputws function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
    @@ -18296,60 +18295,60 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             int fputws(const wchar_t * restrict s,
                  FILE * restrict stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fputws function writes the wide string pointed to by s to the stream pointed to by stream. The terminating null wide character is not written. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fputws function returns EOF if a write or encoding error occurs; otherwise, it returns a nonnegative value.

    7.24.3.5 The fwide function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              #include <wchar.h>
              int fwide(FILE *stream, int mode);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The fwide function determines the orientation of the stream pointed to by stream. If mode is greater than zero, the function first attempts to make the stream wide oriented. If mode is less than zero, the function first attempts to make the stream byte oriented.293) Otherwise, mode is zero and the function does not alter the orientation of the stream. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The fwide function returns a value greater than zero if, after the call, the stream has wide orientation, a value less than zero if the stream has byte orientation, or zero if the stream has no orientation. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    293) If the orientation of the stream has already been determined, fwide does not change it.

    7.24.3.6 The getwc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <stdio.h>
              #include <wchar.h>
              wint_t getwc(FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The getwc function is equivalent to fgetwc, except that if it is implemented as a macro, it may evaluate stream more than once, so the argument should never be an expression with side effects. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The getwc function returns the next wide character from the input stream pointed to by stream, or WEOF.

    7.24.3.7 The getwchar function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -18360,54 +18359,54 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      
      
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The getwchar function is equivalent to getwc with the argument stdin. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The getwchar function returns the next wide character from the input stream pointed to by stdin, or WEOF.

    7.24.3.8 The putwc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             #include <wchar.h>
             wint_t putwc(wchar_t c, FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The putwc function is equivalent to fputwc, except that if it is implemented as a macro, it may evaluate stream more than once, so that argument should never be an expression with side effects. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The putwc function returns the wide character written, or WEOF.

    7.24.3.9 The putwchar function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wint_t putwchar(wchar_t c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The putwchar function is equivalent to putwc with the second argument stdout. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The putwchar function returns the character written, or WEOF.

    7.24.3.10 The ungetwc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             #include <wchar.h>
             wint_t ungetwc(wint_t c, FILE *stream);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The ungetwc function pushes the wide character specified by c back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. Pushed-back wide characters will be returned by @@ -18432,7 +18431,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi back. For a text or binary stream, the value of its file position indicator after a successful call to the ungetwc function is unspecified until all pushed-back wide characters are read or discarded. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The ungetwc function returns the wide character pushed back, or WEOF if the operation fails. @@ -18456,7 +18455,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.4.1 Wide string numeric conversion functions
    7.24.4.1.1 The wcstod, wcstof, and wcstold functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -18467,7 +18466,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             long double wcstold(const wchar_t * restrict nptr,
                  wchar_t ** restrict endptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcstod, wcstof, and wcstold functions convert the initial portion of the wide string pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation, @@ -18530,7 +18529,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided that endptr is not a null pointer. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    If the subject sequence has the hexadecimal form, FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2, and the result is not exactly representable, the result should be one of the two numbers in the @@ -18551,7 +18550,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi correctly rounding L and U according to the current rounding direction, with the extra stipulation that the error with respect to D should have a correct sign for the current rounding direction.296) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The functions return the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range of representable values, plus or @@ -18566,7 +18565,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    294) It is unspecified whether a minus-signed sequence is converted to a negative number directly or by negating the value resulting from converting the corresponding unsigned sequence (see F.5); the two methods may yield different results if rounding is toward positive or negative infinity. In either case, @@ -18580,7 +18579,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.4.1.2 The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -18601,7 +18600,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  wchar_t ** restrict endptr,
                  int base);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions convert the initial portion of the wide string pointed to by nptr to long int, long long int, @@ -18646,7 +18645,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided that endptr is not a null pointer. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions return the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value @@ -18657,24 +18656,24 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.4.2 Wide string copying functions
    7.24.4.2.1 The wcscpy function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t * restrict s1,
                  const wchar_t * restrict s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcscpy function copies the wide string pointed to by s2 (including the terminating null wide character) into the array pointed to by s1. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcscpy function returns the value of s1.

    7.24.4.2.2 The wcsncpy function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -18682,7 +18681,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                    const wchar_t * restrict s2,
                    size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcsncpy function copies not more than n wide characters (those that follow a null wide character are not copied) from the array pointed to by s2 to the array pointed to by @@ -18691,17 +18690,17 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi If the array pointed to by s2 is a wide string that is shorter than n wide characters, null wide characters are appended to the copy in the array pointed to by s1, until n wide characters in all have been written. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcsncpy function returns the value of s1. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    297) Thus, if there is no null wide character in the first n wide characters of the array pointed to by s2, the result will not be null-terminated.

    7.24.4.2.3 The wmemcpy function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -18709,11 +18708,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                    const wchar_t * restrict s2,
                    size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wmemcpy function copies n wide characters from the object pointed to by s2 to the object pointed to by s1. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wmemcpy function returns the value of s1. @@ -18723,45 +18722,45 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.4.2.4 The wmemmove function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wchar_t *wmemmove(wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wmemmove function copies n wide characters from the object pointed to by s2 to the object pointed to by s1. Copying takes place as if the n wide characters from the object pointed to by s2 are first copied into a temporary array of n wide characters that does not overlap the objects pointed to by s1 or s2, and then the n wide characters from the temporary array are copied into the object pointed to by s1. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wmemmove function returns the value of s1.

    7.24.4.3 Wide string concatenation functions
    7.24.4.3.1 The wcscat function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wchar_t *wcscat(wchar_t * restrict s1,
                  const wchar_t * restrict s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcscat function appends a copy of the wide string pointed to by s2 (including the terminating null wide character) to the end of the wide string pointed to by s1. The initial wide character of s2 overwrites the null wide character at the end of s1. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcscat function returns the value of s1.

    7.24.4.3.2 The wcsncat function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -18769,7 +18768,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const wchar_t * restrict s2,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcsncat function appends not more than n wide characters (a null wide character and those that follow it are not appended) from the array pointed to by s2 to the end of @@ -18777,11 +18776,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi the wide string pointed to by s1. The initial wide character of s2 overwrites the null wide character at the end of s1. A terminating null wide character is always appended to the result.298) -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcsncat function returns the value of s1. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    298) Thus, the maximum number of wide characters that can end up in the array pointed to by s1 is wcslen(s1)+n+1. @@ -18793,35 +18792,35 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi by wchar_t.

    7.24.4.4.1 The wcscmp function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wchar.h>
              int wcscmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcscmp function compares the wide string pointed to by s1 to the wide string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcscmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly as the wide string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the wide string pointed to by s2.

    7.24.4.4.2 The wcscoll function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wchar.h>
              int wcscoll(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcscoll function compares the wide string pointed to by s1 to the wide string pointed to by s2, both interpreted as appropriate to the LC_COLLATE category of the current locale. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcscoll function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly as the wide string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the @@ -18832,26 +18831,26 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi locale.

    7.24.4.4.3 The wcsncmp function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             int wcsncmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcsncmp function compares not more than n wide characters (those that follow a null wide character are not compared) from the array pointed to by s1 to the array pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcsncmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly as the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s2.

    7.24.4.4.4 The wcsxfrm function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -18859,7 +18858,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const wchar_t * restrict s2,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcsxfrm function transforms the wide string pointed to by s2 and places the resulting wide string into the array pointed to by s1. The transformation is such that if @@ -18868,7 +18867,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi applied to the same two original wide strings. No more than n wide characters are placed into the resulting array pointed to by s1, including the terminating null wide character. If n is zero, s1 is permitted to be a null pointer. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcsxfrm function returns the length of the transformed wide string (not including the terminating null wide character). If the value returned is n or greater, the contents of @@ -18883,18 +18882,18 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.4.4.5 The wmemcmp function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             int wmemcmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wmemcmp function compares the first n wide characters of the object pointed to by s1 to the first n wide characters of the object pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wmemcmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero, accordingly as the object pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the object @@ -18903,107 +18902,107 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.4.5 Wide string search functions
    7.24.4.5.1 The wcschr function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wchar_t *wcschr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcschr function locates the first occurrence of c in the wide string pointed to by s. The terminating null wide character is considered to be part of the wide string. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcschr function returns a pointer to the located wide character, or a null pointer if the wide character does not occur in the wide string.

    7.24.4.5.2 The wcscspn function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             size_t wcscspn(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcscspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the wide string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of wide characters not from the wide string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcscspn function returns the length of the segment.

    7.24.4.5.3 The wcspbrk function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wchar_t *wcspbrk(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcspbrk function locates the first occurrence in the wide string pointed to by s1 of any wide character from the wide string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcspbrk function returns a pointer to the wide character in s1, or a null pointer if no wide character from s2 occurs in s1.

    7.24.4.5.4 The wcsrchr function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wchar_t *wcsrchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcsrchr function locates the last occurrence of c in the wide string pointed to by s. The terminating null wide character is considered to be part of the wide string. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcsrchr function returns a pointer to the wide character, or a null pointer if c does not occur in the wide string.

    7.24.4.5.5 The wcsspn function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             size_t wcsspn(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcsspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the wide string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of wide characters from the wide string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcsspn function returns the length of the segment.

    7.24.4.5.6 The wcsstr function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wchar_t *wcsstr(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcsstr function locates the first occurrence in the wide string pointed to by s1 of the sequence of wide characters (excluding the terminating null wide character) in the wide string pointed to by s2. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcsstr function returns a pointer to the located wide string, or a null pointer if the wide string is not found. If s2 points to a wide string with zero length, the function returns s1.

    7.24.4.5.7 The wcstok function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -19011,7 +19010,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const wchar_t * restrict s2,
                  wchar_t ** restrict ptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A sequence of calls to the wcstok function breaks the wide string pointed to by s1 into a sequence of tokens, each of which is delimited by a wide character from the wide string @@ -19042,7 +19041,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi by ptr so that subsequent calls, with a null pointer for s1 and the unmodified pointer value for ptr, shall start searching just past the element overwritten by a null wide character (if any). -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcstok function returns a pointer to the first wide character of a token, or a null pointer if there is no token. @@ -19062,18 +19061,18 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.4.5.8 The wmemchr function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wchar_t *wmemchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c,
                  size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wmemchr function locates the first occurrence of c in the initial n wide characters of the object pointed to by s. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wmemchr function returns a pointer to the located wide character, or a null pointer if the wide character does not occur in the object. @@ -19082,39 +19081,39 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.4.6 Miscellaneous functions
    7.24.4.6.1 The wcslen function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             size_t wcslen(const wchar_t *s);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcslen function computes the length of the wide string pointed to by s. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcslen function returns the number of wide characters that precede the terminating null wide character.

    7.24.4.6.2 The wmemset function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             wchar_t *wmemset(wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wmemset function copies the value of c into each of the first n wide characters of the object pointed to by s. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wmemset function returns the value of s.

    7.24.5 Wide character time conversion functions

    7.24.5.1 The wcsftime function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <time.h>
    @@ -19124,7 +19123,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  const wchar_t * restrict format,
                  const struct tm * restrict timeptr);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcsftime function is equivalent to the strftime function, except that:

      @@ -19136,7 +19135,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi corresponding sequences of wide characters.
    • The return value indicates the number of wide characters.
    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the total number of resulting wide characters including the terminating null wide character is not more than maxsize, the wcsftime function returns the number of @@ -19175,7 +19174,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    299) Thus, a particular mbstate_t object can be used, for example, with both the mbrtowc and mbsrtowcs functions as long as they are used to step sequentially through the same multibyte character string. @@ -19184,37 +19183,37 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.6.1 Single-byte/wide character conversion functions
    7.24.6.1.1 The btowc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             #include <wchar.h>
             wint_t btowc(int c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The btowc function determines whether c constitutes a valid single-byte character in the initial shift state. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The btowc function returns WEOF if c has the value EOF or if (unsigned char)c does not constitute a valid single-byte character in the initial shift state. Otherwise, it returns the wide character representation of that character.

    7.24.6.1.2 The wctob function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <stdio.h>
             #include <wchar.h>
             int wctob(wint_t c);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wctob function determines whether c corresponds to a member of the extended character set whose multibyte character representation is a single byte when in the initial shift state. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wctob function returns EOF if c does not correspond to a multibyte character with length one in the initial shift state. Otherwise, it returns the single-byte representation of @@ -19223,18 +19222,18 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.6.2 Conversion state functions
    7.24.6.2.1 The mbsinit function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
             int mbsinit(const mbstate_t *ps);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    If ps is not a null pointer, the mbsinit function determines whether the pointed-to mbstate_t object describes an initial conversion state. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The mbsinit function returns nonzero if ps is a null pointer or if the pointed-to object describes an initial conversion state; otherwise, it returns zero. @@ -19253,7 +19252,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi encoding is state-dependent.

    7.24.6.3.1 The mbrlen function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -19261,7 +19260,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                  size_t n,
                  mbstate_t * restrict ps);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The mbrlen function is equivalent to the call:

    @@ -19269,7 +19268,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
    where internal is the mbstate_t object for the mbrlen function, except that the expression designated by ps is evaluated only once. -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The mbrlen function returns a value between zero and n, inclusive, (size_t)(-2), or (size_t)(-1). @@ -19277,7 +19276,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.6.3.2 The mbrtowc function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -19286,7 +19285,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                   size_t n,
                   mbstate_t * restrict ps);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    If s is a null pointer, the mbrtowc function is equivalent to the call:

    @@ -19301,7 +19300,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      corresponding wide character and then, if pwc is not a null pointer, stores that value in
      the object pointed to by pwc. If the corresponding wide character is the null wide
      character, the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The mbrtowc function returns the first of the following that applies (given the current conversion state): @@ -19321,13 +19320,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    300) When n has at least the value of the MB_CUR_MAX macro, this case can only occur if s points at a sequence of redundant shift sequences (for implementations with state-dependent encodings).

    7.24.6.3.3 The wcrtomb function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -19335,7 +19334,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                   wchar_t wc,
                   mbstate_t * restrict ps);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    If s is a null pointer, the wcrtomb function is equivalent to the call

    @@ -19349,7 +19348,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      array whose first element is pointed to by s. At most MB_CUR_MAX bytes are stored. If
      wc is a null wide character, a null byte is stored, preceded by any shift sequence needed
      to restore the initial shift state; the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The wcrtomb function returns the number of bytes stored in the array object (including any shift sequences). When wc is not a valid wide character, an encoding error occurs: @@ -19373,7 +19372,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.24.6.4.1 The mbsrtowcs function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

               #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -19382,7 +19381,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                    size_t len,
                    mbstate_t * restrict ps);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The mbsrtowcs function converts a sequence of multibyte characters that begins in the conversion state described by the object pointed to by ps, from the array indirectly @@ -19399,7 +19398,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi just past the last multibyte character converted (if any). If conversion stopped due to reaching a terminating null character and if dst is not a null pointer, the resulting state described is the initial conversion state. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the input conversion encounters a sequence of bytes that do not form a valid multibyte character, an encoding error occurs: the mbsrtowcs function stores the value of the @@ -19412,12 +19411,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    301) Thus, the value of len is ignored if dst is a null pointer.

    7.24.6.4.2 The wcsrtombs function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wchar.h>
    @@ -19426,7 +19425,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                   size_t len,
                   mbstate_t * restrict ps);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wcsrtombs function converts a sequence of wide characters from the array indirectly pointed to by src into a sequence of corresponding multibyte characters that @@ -19444,7 +19443,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi address just past the last wide character converted (if any). If conversion stopped due to reaching a terminating null wide character, the resulting state described is the initial conversion state. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If conversion stops because a wide character is reached that does not correspond to a valid multibyte character, an encoding error occurs: the wcsrtombs function stores the @@ -19457,12 +19456,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    302) If conversion stops because a terminating null wide character has been reached, the bytes stored include those necessary to reach the initial shift state immediately before the null byte. -

    7.25 Wide character classification and mapping utilities

    +

    7.25 Wide character classification and mapping utilities <wctype.h>

    7.25.1 Introduction

    @@ -19506,7 +19505,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    303) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.13). @@ -19532,7 +19531,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi both printing and white-space wide characters.304)

    Forward references: the wctob function (7.24.6.1.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    304) For example, if the expression isalpha(wctob(wc)) evaluates to true, then the call iswalpha(wc) also returns true. But, if the expression isgraph(wctob(wc)) evaluates to true (which cannot occur for wc == L' ' of course), then either iswgraph(wc) or iswprint(wc) @@ -19540,25 +19539,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.25.2.1.1 The iswalnum function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             int iswalnum(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswalnum function tests for any wide character for which iswalpha or iswdigit is true.

    7.25.2.1.2 The iswalpha function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             int iswalpha(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswalpha function tests for any wide character for which iswupper or iswlower is true, or any wide character that is one of a locale-specific set of alphabetic @@ -19567,19 +19566,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi wide characters for which none of iswcntrl, iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace is true.305) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    305) The functions iswlower and iswupper test true or false separately for each of these additional wide characters; all four combinations are possible.

    7.25.2.1.3 The iswblank function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wctype.h>
              int iswblank(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswblank function tests for any wide character that is a standard blank wide character or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which iswspace is true @@ -19588,30 +19587,30 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi locale, iswblank returns true only for the standard blank characters.

    7.25.2.1.4 The iswcntrl function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wctype.h>
              int iswcntrl(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswcntrl function tests for any control wide character.

    7.25.2.1.5 The iswdigit function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wctype.h>
              int iswdigit(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswdigit function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a decimal-digit character (as defined in 5.2.1).

    7.25.2.1.6 The iswgraph function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wctype.h>
    @@ -19622,56 +19621,56 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      
      
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswgraph function tests for any wide character for which iswprint is true and iswspace is false.306) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    306) Note that the behavior of the iswgraph and iswpunct functions may differ from their corresponding functions in 7.4.1 with respect to printing, white-space, single-byte execution characters other than ' '.

    7.25.2.1.7 The iswlower function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wctype.h>
              int iswlower(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswlower function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a lowercase letter or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which none of iswcntrl, iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace is true.

    7.25.2.1.8 The iswprint function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wctype.h>
              int iswprint(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswprint function tests for any printing wide character.

    7.25.2.1.9 The iswpunct function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wctype.h>
              int iswpunct(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswpunct function tests for any printing wide character that is one of a locale- specific set of punctuation wide characters for which neither iswspace nor iswalnum - is true.306) + is true.306)

    7.25.2.1.10 The iswspace function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

              #include <wctype.h>
    @@ -19681,33 +19680,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      
      
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswspace function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a locale-specific set of white-space wide characters for which none of iswalnum, iswgraph, or iswpunct is true.

    7.25.2.1.11 The iswupper function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             int iswupper(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswupper function tests for any wide character that corresponds to an uppercase letter or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which none of iswcntrl, iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace is true.

    7.25.2.1.12 The iswxdigit function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             int iswxdigit(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswxdigit function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a hexadecimal-digit character (as defined in 6.4.4.1). @@ -19719,13 +19718,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi subclause (7.25.2.1).

    7.25.2.2.1 The iswctype function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             int iswctype(wint_t wc, wctype_t desc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The iswctype function determines whether the wide character wc has the property described by desc. The current setting of the LC_CTYPE category shall be the same as @@ -19748,27 +19747,27 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi iswctype(wc, wctype("upper")) // iswupper(wc) iswctype(wc, wctype("xdigit")) // iswxdigit(wc)

    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The iswctype function returns nonzero (true) if and only if the value of the wide character wc has the property described by desc.

    Forward references: the wctype function (7.25.2.2.2).

    7.25.2.2.2 The wctype function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             wctype_t wctype(const char *property);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wctype function constructs a value with type wctype_t that describes a class of wide characters identified by the string argument property.

    The strings listed in the description of the iswctype function shall be valid in all locales as property arguments to the wctype function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If property identifies a valid class of wide characters according to the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale, the wctype function returns a nonzero value that is valid @@ -19782,16 +19781,16 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.25.3.1 Wide character case mapping functions
    7.25.3.1.1 The towlower function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             wint_t towlower(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The towlower function converts an uppercase letter to a corresponding lowercase letter. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the argument is a wide character for which iswupper is true and there are one or more corresponding wide characters, as specified by the current locale, for which @@ -19800,16 +19799,16 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi returned unchanged.

    7.25.3.1.2 The towupper function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             wint_t towupper(wint_t wc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The towupper function converts a lowercase letter to a corresponding uppercase letter. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If the argument is a wide character for which iswlower is true and there are one or more corresponding wide characters, as specified by the current locale, for which @@ -19825,13 +19824,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    7.25.3.2.1 The towctrans function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             wint_t towctrans(wint_t wc, wctrans_t desc);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The towctrans function maps the wide character wc using the mapping described by desc. The current setting of the LC_CTYPE category shall be the same as during the call @@ -19843,26 +19842,26 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi towctrans(wc, wctrans("tolower")) // towlower(wc) towctrans(wc, wctrans("toupper")) // towupper(wc)

    -
    Returns
    +

    Returns

    The towctrans function returns the mapped value of wc using the mapping described by desc.

    7.25.3.2.2 The wctrans function
    -
    Synopsis
    +

    Synopsis

             #include <wctype.h>
             wctrans_t wctrans(const char *property);
     
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    The wctrans function constructs a value with type wctrans_t that describes a mapping between wide characters identified by the string argument property.

    The strings listed in the description of the towctrans function shall be valid in all locales as property arguments to the wctrans function. -

    Returns
    +

    Returns

    If property identifies a valid mapping of wide characters according to the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale, the wctrans function returns a nonzero value that is valid @@ -19874,7 +19873,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi The following names are grouped under individual headers for convenience. All external names described below are reserved no matter what headers are included by the program. -

    7.26.1 Complex arithmetic

    +

    7.26.1 Complex arithmetic <complex.h>

    The function names

    @@ -19885,37 +19884,37 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      and the same names suffixed with f or l may be added to the declarations in the
      <complex.h> header.
     
    -

    7.26.2 Character handling

    +

    7.26.2 Character handling <ctype.h>

    Function names that begin with either is or to, and a lowercase letter may be added to the declarations in the <ctype.h> header. -

    7.26.3 Errors

    +

    7.26.3 Errors <errno.h>

    Macros that begin with E and a digit or E and an uppercase letter may be added to the declarations in the <errno.h> header. -

    7.26.4 Format conversion of integer types

    +

    7.26.4 Format conversion of integer types <inttypes.h>

    Macro names beginning with PRI or SCN followed by any lowercase letter or X may be added to the macros defined in the <inttypes.h> header. -

    7.26.5 Localization

    +

    7.26.5 Localization <locale.h>

    Macros that begin with LC_ and an uppercase letter may be added to the definitions in the <locale.h> header. -

    7.26.6 Signal handling

    +

    7.26.6 Signal handling <signal.h>

    Macros that begin with either SIG and an uppercase letter or SIG_ and an uppercase letter may be added to the definitions in the <signal.h> header. -

    7.26.7 Boolean type and values

    +

    7.26.7 Boolean type and values <stdbool.h>

    The ability to undefine and perhaps then redefine the macros bool, true, and false is an obsolescent feature. -

    7.26.8 Integer types

    +

    7.26.8 Integer types <stdint.h>

    Typedef names beginning with int or uint and ending with _t may be added to the types defined in the <stdint.h> header. Macro names beginning with INT or UINT @@ -19923,7 +19922,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi <stdint.h> header. -

    7.26.9 Input/output

    +

    7.26.9 Input/output <stdio.h>

    Lowercase letters may be added to the conversion specifiers and length modifiers in fprintf and fscanf. Other characters may be used in extensions. @@ -19933,17 +19932,17 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi The use of ungetc on a binary stream where the file position indicator is zero prior to the call is an obsolescent feature. -

    7.26.10 General utilities

    +

    7.26.10 General utilities <stdlib.h>

    Function names that begin with str and a lowercase letter may be added to the declarations in the <stdlib.h> header. -

    7.26.11 String handling

    +

    7.26.11 String handling <string.h>

    Function names that begin with str, mem, or wcs and a lowercase letter may be added to the declarations in the <string.h> header. -

    7.26.12 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities

    +

    7.26.12 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities <wchar.h>

    Function names that begin with wcs and a lowercase letter may be added to the declarations in the <wchar.h> header. @@ -19959,11 +19958,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    Annex A

    -

                                                   (informative)
                                    Language syntax summary
     
    +

    NOTE The notation is described in 6.1. @@ -20052,9 +20051,9 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    (6.4.4.1) integer-constant:
    -                decimal-constant integer-suffixopt
    -                octal-constant integer-suffixopt
    -                hexadecimal-constant integer-suffixopt
    +                decimal-constant integer-suffixopt
    +                octal-constant integer-suffixopt
    +                hexadecimal-constant integer-suffixopt
     
    (6.4.4.1) decimal-constant: @@ -20092,10 +20091,10 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
    (6.4.4.1) integer-suffix:
    -                unsigned-suffix long-suffixopt
    +                unsigned-suffix long-suffixopt
                     unsigned-suffix long-long-suffix
    -                long-suffix unsigned-suffixopt
    -                long-long-suffix unsigned-suffixopt
    +                long-suffix unsigned-suffixopt
    +                long-long-suffix unsigned-suffixopt
     
    (6.4.4.1) unsigned-suffix: one of
    @@ -20117,25 +20116,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      (6.4.4.2) decimal-floating-constant:
     
     
    -               fractional-constant exponent-partopt floating-suffixopt
    -               digit-sequence exponent-part floating-suffixopt
    +               fractional-constant exponent-partopt floating-suffixopt
    +               digit-sequence exponent-part floating-suffixopt
     
    (6.4.4.2) hexadecimal-floating-constant:
                    hexadecimal-prefix hexadecimal-fractional-constant
    -                             binary-exponent-part floating-suffixopt
    +                             binary-exponent-part floating-suffixopt
                    hexadecimal-prefix hexadecimal-digit-sequence
    -                             binary-exponent-part floating-suffixopt
    +                             binary-exponent-part floating-suffixopt
     
    (6.4.4.2) fractional-constant:
    -                digit-sequenceopt . digit-sequence
    +                digit-sequenceopt . digit-sequence
                     digit-sequence .
     
    (6.4.4.2) exponent-part:
    -               e signopt digit-sequence
    -               E signopt digit-sequence
    +               e signopt digit-sequence
    +               E signopt digit-sequence
     
    (6.4.4.2) sign: one of
    @@ -20148,14 +20147,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
    (6.4.4.2) hexadecimal-fractional-constant:
    -               hexadecimal-digit-sequenceopt .
    +               hexadecimal-digit-sequenceopt .
                                   hexadecimal-digit-sequence
                    hexadecimal-digit-sequence .
     
    (6.4.4.2) binary-exponent-part:
    -                p signopt digit-sequence
    -                P signopt digit-sequence
    +                p signopt digit-sequence
    +                P signopt digit-sequence
     
    (6.4.4.2) hexadecimal-digit-sequence:
    @@ -20214,8 +20213,8 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     

    A.1.6 String literals

    (6.4.5) string-literal:
    -                " s-char-sequenceopt "
    -                L" s-char-sequenceopt "
    +                " s-char-sequenceopt "
    +                L" s-char-sequenceopt "
     
    (6.4.5) s-char-sequence:
    @@ -20298,7 +20297,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
                    primary-expression
                    postfix-expression [ expression ]
    -               postfix-expression ( argument-expression-listopt )
    +               postfix-expression ( argument-expression-listopt )
                    postfix-expression . identifier
                    postfix-expression -> identifier
                    postfix-expression ++
    @@ -20416,14 +20415,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     

    A.2.2 Declarations

    (6.7) declaration:
    -                declaration-specifiers init-declarator-listopt ;
    +                declaration-specifiers init-declarator-listopt ;
     
    (6.7) declaration-specifiers:
    -                storage-class-specifier declaration-specifiersopt
    -                type-specifier declaration-specifiersopt
    -                type-qualifier declaration-specifiersopt
    -                function-specifier declaration-specifiersopt
    +                storage-class-specifier declaration-specifiersopt
    +                type-specifier declaration-specifiersopt
    +                type-qualifier declaration-specifiersopt
    +                function-specifier declaration-specifiersopt
     
    (6.7) init-declarator-list:
    @@ -20463,7 +20462,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
    (6.7.2.1) struct-or-union-specifier:
    -                struct-or-union identifieropt { struct-declaration-list }
    +                struct-or-union identifieropt { struct-declaration-list }
                     struct-or-union identifier
     
    (6.7.2.1) struct-or-union: @@ -20482,8 +20481,8 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
    (6.7.2.1) specifier-qualifier-list:
    -                type-specifier specifier-qualifier-listopt
    -                type-qualifier specifier-qualifier-listopt
    +                type-specifier specifier-qualifier-listopt
    +                type-qualifier specifier-qualifier-listopt
     
    (6.7.2.1) struct-declarator-list:
    @@ -20494,12 +20493,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
     
                     declarator
    -                declaratoropt : constant-expression
    +                declaratoropt : constant-expression
     
    (6.7.2.2) enum-specifier:
    -               enum identifieropt { enumerator-list }
    -               enum identifieropt { enumerator-list , }
    +               enum identifieropt { enumerator-list }
    +               enum identifieropt { enumerator-list , }
                    enum identifier
     
    (6.7.2.2) enumerator-list: @@ -20524,23 +20523,23 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
    (6.7.5) declarator:
    -               pointeropt direct-declarator
    +               pointeropt direct-declarator
     
    (6.7.5) direct-declarator:
                     identifier
                     ( declarator )
    -                direct-declarator [ type-qualifier-listopt assignment-expressionopt ]
    -                direct-declarator [ static type-qualifier-listopt assignment-expression ]
    +                direct-declarator [ type-qualifier-listopt assignment-expressionopt ]
    +                direct-declarator [ static type-qualifier-listopt assignment-expression ]
                     direct-declarator [ type-qualifier-list static assignment-expression ]
    -                direct-declarator [ type-qualifier-listopt * ]
    +                direct-declarator [ type-qualifier-listopt * ]
                     direct-declarator ( parameter-type-list )
    -                direct-declarator ( identifier-listopt )
    +                direct-declarator ( identifier-listopt )
     
    (6.7.5) pointer:
    -                * type-qualifier-listopt
    -                * type-qualifier-listopt pointer
    +                * type-qualifier-listopt
    +                * type-qualifier-listopt pointer
     
    (6.7.5) type-qualifier-list:
    @@ -20561,7 +20560,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      (6.7.5) parameter-declaration:
     
                   declaration-specifiers declarator
    -              declaration-specifiers abstract-declaratoropt
    +              declaration-specifiers abstract-declaratoropt
     
    (6.7.5) identifier-list:
    @@ -20570,24 +20569,24 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
    (6.7.6) type-name:
    -               specifier-qualifier-list abstract-declaratoropt
    +               specifier-qualifier-list abstract-declaratoropt
     
    (6.7.6) abstract-declarator:
                    pointer
    -               pointeropt direct-abstract-declarator
    +               pointeropt direct-abstract-declarator
     
    (6.7.6) direct-abstract-declarator:
                     ( abstract-declarator )
    -                direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ type-qualifier-listopt
    -                               assignment-expressionopt ]
    -                direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ static type-qualifier-listopt
    +                direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ type-qualifier-listopt
    +                               assignment-expressionopt ]
    +                direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ static type-qualifier-listopt
                                    assignment-expression ]
    -                direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ type-qualifier-list static
    +                direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ type-qualifier-list static
                                    assignment-expression ]
    -                direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ * ]
    -                direct-abstract-declaratoropt ( parameter-type-listopt )
    +                direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ * ]
    +                direct-abstract-declaratoropt ( parameter-type-listopt )
     
    (6.7.7) typedef-name:
    @@ -20601,8 +20600,8 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
    (6.7.8) initializer-list:
    -                 designationopt initializer
    -                 initializer-list , designationopt initializer
    +                 designationopt initializer
    +                 initializer-list , designationopt initializer
     
    (6.7.8) designation: @@ -20638,7 +20637,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
    (6.8.2) compound-statement:
    -              { block-item-listopt }
    +              { block-item-listopt }
     
    (6.8.2) block-item-list:
    @@ -20652,7 +20651,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
    (6.8.3) expression-statement:
    -               expressionopt ;
    +               expressionopt ;
     
    (6.8.4) selection-statement: @@ -20665,15 +20664,15 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                      while ( expression ) statement
                      do statement while ( expression ) ;
    -                 for ( expressionopt ; expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
    -                 for ( declaration expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
    +                 for ( expressionopt ; expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
    +                 for ( declaration expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
     
    (6.8.6) jump-statement:
                    goto identifier ;
                    continue ;
                    break ;
    -               return expressionopt ;
    +               return expressionopt ;
     

    A.2.4 External definitions

    @@ -20689,7 +20688,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
    (6.9.1) function-definition:
    -                declaration-specifiers declarator declaration-listopt compound-statement
    +                declaration-specifiers declarator declaration-listopt compound-statement
     
    (6.9.1) declaration-list:
    @@ -20700,7 +20699,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     

    A.3 Preprocessing directives

    (6.10) preprocessing-file:
    -               groupopt
    +               groupopt
     
    (6.10) group:
    @@ -20717,13 +20716,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      (6.10) if-section:
     
     
    -                 if-group elif-groupsopt else-groupopt endif-line
    +                 if-group elif-groupsopt else-groupopt endif-line
     
    (6.10) if-group:
    -                # if     constant-expression new-line groupopt
    -                # ifdef identifier new-line groupopt
    -                # ifndef identifier new-line groupopt
    +                # if     constant-expression new-line groupopt
    +                # ifdef identifier new-line groupopt
    +                # ifndef identifier new-line groupopt
     
    (6.10) elif-groups:
    @@ -20732,11 +20731,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
    (6.10) elif-group:
    -                # elif        constant-expression new-line groupopt
    +                # elif        constant-expression new-line groupopt
     
    (6.10) else-group:
    -                # else        new-line groupopt
    +                # else        new-line groupopt
     
    (6.10) endif-line:
    @@ -20746,20 +20745,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     
                    # include pp-tokens new-line
                    # define identifier replacement-list new-line
    -               # define identifier lparen identifier-listopt )
    +               # define identifier lparen identifier-listopt )
                                                    replacement-list new-line
                    # define identifier lparen ... ) replacement-list new-line
                    # define identifier lparen identifier-list , ... )
                                                    replacement-list new-line
                    # undef   identifier new-line
                    # line    pp-tokens new-line
    -               # error   pp-tokensopt new-line
    -               # pragma pp-tokensopt new-line
    +               # error   pp-tokensopt new-line
    +               # pragma pp-tokensopt new-line
                    #         new-line
     
    (6.10) text-line:
    -                pp-tokensopt new-line
    +                pp-tokensopt new-line
     
    (6.10) non-directive:
    @@ -20772,7 +20771,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
      (6.10) replacement-list:
     
     
    -               pp-tokensopt
    +               pp-tokensopt
     
    (6.10) pp-tokens:
    @@ -20791,13 +20790,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                                Library summary
     
    -

    B.1 Diagnostics

    +

    B.1 Diagnostics <assert.h>

             NDEBUG
             void assert(scalar expression);
     
    -

    B.2 Complex

    +

    B.2 Complex <complex.h>

    @@ -20873,7 +20872,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
            long double creall(long double complex z);
     
    -

    B.3 Character handling

    +

    B.3 Character handling <ctype.h>

             int    isalnum(int c);
             int    isalpha(int c);
    @@ -20891,12 +20890,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             int    toupper(int c);
     
    -

    B.4 Errors

    +

    B.4 Errors <errno.h>

             EDOM            EILSEQ             ERANGE            errno
     
    -

    B.5 Floating-point environment

    +

    B.5 Floating-point environment <fenv.h>

             fenv_t                 FE_OVERFLOW             FE_TOWARDZERO
    @@ -20919,7 +20918,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             int feupdateenv(const fenv_t *envp);
     
    -

    B.6 Characteristics of floating types

    +

    B.6 Characteristics of floating types <float.h>

            FLT_ROUNDS              DBL_MIN_EXP             FLT_MAX
            FLT_EVAL_METHOD         LDBL_MIN_EXP            DBL_MAX
    @@ -20934,7 +20933,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
            FLT_MIN_EXP             LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
     
    -

    B.7 Format conversion of integer types

    +

    B.7 Format conversion of integer types <inttypes.h>

            imaxdiv_t
    @@ -20961,14 +20960,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                    wchar_t ** restrict endptr, int base);
     
    -

    B.8 Alternative spellings

    +

    B.8 Alternative spellings <iso646.h>

           and             bitor             not_eq            xor
           and_eq          compl             or                xor_eq
           bitand          not               or_eq
     
    -

    B.9 Sizes of integer types

    +

    B.9 Sizes of integer types <limits.h>

           CHAR_BIT        CHAR_MAX          INT_MIN           ULONG_MAX
           SCHAR_MIN       MB_LEN_MAX        INT_MAX           LLONG_MIN
    @@ -20977,7 +20976,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
           CHAR_MIN        USHRT_MAX         LONG_MAX
     
    -

    B.10 Localization

    +

    B.10 Localization <locale.h>

           struct lconv    LC_ALL            LC_CTYPE          LC_NUMERIC
           NULL            LC_COLLATE        LC_MONETARY       LC_TIME
    @@ -20985,7 +20984,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
           struct lconv *localeconv(void);
     
    -

    B.11 Mathematics

    +

    B.11 Mathematics <math.h>

    @@ -21187,14 +21186,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi int isunordered(real-floating x, real-floating y);
    -

    B.12 Nonlocal jumps

    +

    B.12 Nonlocal jumps <setjmp.h>

            jmp_buf
            int setjmp(jmp_buf env);
            void longjmp(jmp_buf env, int val);
     
    -

    B.13 Signal handling

    +

    B.13 Signal handling <signal.h>

            sig_atomic_t   SIG_IGN            SIGILL            SIGTERM
            SIG_DFL        SIGABRT            SIGINT
    @@ -21203,7 +21202,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
            int raise(int sig);
     
    -

    B.14 Variable arguments

    +

    B.14 Variable arguments <stdarg.h>

            va_list
            type va_arg(va_list ap, type);
    @@ -21212,7 +21211,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
            void va_start(va_list ap, parmN);
     
    -

    B.15 Boolean type and values

    +

    B.15 Boolean type and values <stdbool.h>

            bool
    @@ -21221,13 +21220,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
            __bool_true_false_are_defined
     
    -

    B.16 Common definitions

    +

    B.16 Common definitions <stddef.h>

              ptrdiff_t       size_t            wchar_t           NULL
              offsetof(type, member-designator)
     
    -

    B.17 Integer types

    +

    B.17 Integer types <stdint.h>

              intN_t                INT_LEASTN_MIN          PTRDIFF_MAX
              uintN_t               INT_LEASTN_MAX          SIG_ATOMIC_MIN
    @@ -21244,7 +21243,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              UINTN_MAX             PTRDIFF_MIN
     
    -

    B.18 Input/output

    +

    B.18 Input/output <stdio.h>

    @@ -21324,7 +21323,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              void perror(const char *s);
     
    -

    B.19 General utilities

    +

    B.19 General utilities <stdlib.h>

    @@ -21385,7 +21384,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                 const wchar_t * restrict pwcs, size_t n);
     
    -

    B.20 String handling

    +

    B.20 String handling <string.h>

              size_t
    @@ -21421,7 +21420,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              size_t strlen(const char *s);
     
    -

    B.21 Type-generic math

    +

    B.21 Type-generic math <tgmath.h>

            acos           sqrt               fmod              nextafter
            asin           fabs               frexp             nexttoward
    @@ -21440,7 +21439,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
            pow            fmin               nearbyint         creal
     
    -

    B.22 Date and time

    +

    B.22 Date and time <time.h>

            NULL                  size_t                  time_t
    @@ -21459,7 +21458,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                 const struct tm * restrict timeptr);
     
    -

    B.23 Extended multibyte/wide character utilities

    +

    B.23 Extended multibyte/wide character utilities <wchar.h>

    @@ -21568,7 +21567,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                   mbstate_t * restrict ps);
     
    -

    B.24 Wide character classification and mapping utilities

    +

    B.24 Wide character classification and mapping utilities <wctype.h>

    @@ -21594,11 +21593,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     

    Annex C

    -

                                          (informative)
                                        Sequence points
     
    +

    The following are the sequence points described in 5.1.2.3:

    • The call to a function, after the arguments have been evaluated (6.5.2.2). @@ -21620,11 +21619,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    Annex D

    -

                                          (normative)
                     Universal character names for identifiers
     
    +

    This clause lists the hexadecimal code values that are valid in universal character names in identifiers.

    @@ -21727,16 +21726,15 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    Annex E

    -

                                         (informative)
    -
    Implementation limits
    + Implementation limits
    +

    The contents of the header <limits.h> are given below, in alphabetical order. The minimum magnitudes shown shall be replaced by implementation-defined magnitudes with the same sign. The values shall all be constant expressions suitable for use in #if preprocessing directives. The components are described further in 5.2.4.2.1. -

             #define     CHAR_BIT                               8
             #define     CHAR_MAX          UCHAR_MAX or SCHAR_MAX
    @@ -21758,6 +21756,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             #define     ULONG_MAX                     4294967295
             #define     ULLONG_MAX          18446744073709551615
     
    +

    The contents of the header <float.h> are given below. All integer values, except FLT_ROUNDS, shall be constant expressions suitable for use in #if preprocessing directives; all floating values shall be constant expressions. The components are @@ -21765,16 +21764,15 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    The values given in the following list shall be replaced by implementation-defined expressions: -

             #define FLT_EVAL_METHOD
             #define FLT_ROUNDS
     
    +

    The values given in the following list shall be replaced by implementation-defined constant expressions that are greater or equal in magnitude (absolute value) to those shown, with the same sign: -

             #define    DBL_DIG                                        10
             #define    DBL_MANT_DIG
    @@ -21797,14 +21795,15 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             #define    LDBL_MIN_10_EXP                              -37
             #define    LDBL_MIN_EXP
     
    +

    The values given in the following list shall be replaced by implementation-defined constant expressions with values that are greater than or equal to those shown: -

             #define DBL_MAX                                      1E+37
             #define FLT_MAX                                      1E+37
             #define LDBL_MAX                                     1E+37
     
    +

    The values given in the following list shall be replaced by implementation-defined constant expressions with (positive) values that are less than or equal to those shown: @@ -21848,7 +21847,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi Any non-IEC 60559 extended format used for the long double type shall have more precision than IEC 60559 double and at least the range of IEC 60559 double.308) -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    The long double type should match an IEC 60559 extended format. @@ -21857,7 +21856,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    307) ''Extended'' is IEC 60559's double-extended data format. Extended refers to both the common 80-bit and quadruple 128-bit IEC 60559 formats. @@ -21871,7 +21870,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi the term NaN to denote quiet NaNs. The NAN and INFINITY macros and the nan functions in <math.h> provide designations for IEC 60559 NaNs and infinities. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    309) Since NaNs created by IEC 60559 operations are always quiet, quiet NaNs (along with infinities) are sufficient for closure of the arithmetic. @@ -21962,7 +21961,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi integral part is within the range of the integer type raises the ''inexact'' floating-point exception is unspecified.310) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    310) ANSI/IEEE 854, but not IEC 60559 (ANSI/IEEE 754), directly specifies that floating-to-integer conversions raise the ''inexact'' floating-point exception for non-integer in-range values. In those cases where it matters, library functions can be used to effect such conversions with or without raising @@ -21991,7 +21990,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    311) If the minimum-width IEC 60559 extended format (64 bits of precision) is supported, DECIMAL_DIG shall be at least 21. If IEC 60559 double (53 bits of precision) is the widest IEC 60559 format supported, then DECIMAL_DIG shall be at least 17. (By contrast, LDBL_DIG and @@ -22003,7 +22002,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi A contracted expression treats infinities, NaNs, signed zeros, subnormals, and the rounding directions in a manner consistent with the basic arithmetic operations covered by IEC 60559. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    A contracted expression should raise floating-point exceptions in a manner generally consistent with the basic arithmetic operations. A contracted expression should deliver @@ -22016,7 +22015,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi IEC 60559 dynamic rounding precision and trap enablement modes, if the implementation supports them.312) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    312) This specification does not require dynamic rounding precision nor trap enablement modes. @@ -22028,7 +22027,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi <fenv.h>) is ''on'', these changes to the floating-point state are treated as side effects which respect sequence points.313) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    313) If the state for the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''off'', the implementation is free to assume the floating- point control modes will be the default ones and the floating-point status flags will not be tested, which allows certain optimizations (see F.8). @@ -22042,7 +22041,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

  • The rounding precision mode (if supported) is set so that results are not shortened.
  • Trapping or stopping (if supported) is disabled on all floating-point exceptions. -
    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    The implementation should produce a diagnostic message for each translation-time @@ -22053,7 +22052,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi floating-point exception, other than ''inexact'';314) the implementation should then proceed with the translation of the program. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    314) As floating constants are converted to appropriate internal representations at translation time, their conversion is subject to default rounding modes and raises no execution-time floating-point exceptions (even where the state of the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''on''). Library functions, for example @@ -22081,7 +22080,6 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi is ''on'').315)

    EXAMPLE -

               #include <fenv.h>
               #pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS ON
    @@ -22094,6 +22092,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                     /* ... */
               }
     
    +

    For the static initialization, the division is done at translation time, raising no (execution-time) floating- point exceptions. On the other hand, for the three automatic initializations the invalid division occurs at @@ -22102,7 +22101,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi execution time. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    315) Where the state for the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''on'', results of inexact expressions like 1.0/3.0 are affected by rounding modes set at execution time, and expressions such as 0.0/0.0 and 1.0/0.0 generate execution-time floating-point exceptions. The programmer can achieve the @@ -22122,7 +22121,6 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi time.

    EXAMPLE -

               #include <fenv.h>
               #pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS ON
    @@ -22137,6 +22135,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                     /* ... */
               }
     
    +

    The static initialization of v raises no (execution-time) floating-point exceptions because its computation is done at translation time. The automatic initialization of u and w require an execution-time conversion to float of the wider value 1.1e75, which raises floating-point exceptions. The automatic initializations @@ -22151,7 +22150,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    316) Use of float_t and double_t variables increases the likelihood of translation-time computation. For example, the automatic initialization @@ -22271,7 +22270,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi (unless rounding is downward).

  • -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    317) Strict support for signaling NaNs -- not required by this specification -- would invalidate these and other transformations that remove arithmetic operators. @@ -22359,11 +22358,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi precision modes shall assure further that the result of the operation raises no floating- point exception when converted to the semantic type of the operation. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    319) 0 - 0 yields -0 instead of +0 just when the rounding direction is downward. -

    F.9 Mathematics

    +

    F.9 Mathematics <math.h>

    This subclause contains specifications of <math.h> facilities that are particularly suited for IEC 60559 implementations. @@ -22412,13 +22411,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi For families of functions, the specifications apply to all of the functions even though only the principal function is shown. Unless otherwise specified, where the symbol ''(+-)'' occurs in both an argument and the result, the result has the same sign as the argument. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    If a function with one or more NaN arguments returns a NaN result, the result should be the same as one of the NaN arguments (after possible type conversion), except perhaps for the sign. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    320) IEC 60559 allows different definitions of underflow. They all result in the same values, but differ on when the floating-point exception is raised. @@ -22472,7 +22471,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

  • atan2((+-)(inf), +(inf)) returns (+-)pi /4. -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    322) atan2(0, 0) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception, nor does atan2( y , 0) raise the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception. @@ -22961,7 +22960,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi isnan(y)) ? x : y; }

  • -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    323) Ideally, fmax would be sensitive to the sign of zero, for example fmax(-0.0, +0.0) would return +0; however, implementation in software might be impractical. @@ -23046,7 +23045,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi When a value of real type is converted to an imaginary type, the result is a positive imaginary zero. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    324) See 6.3.1.2. @@ -23078,7 +23077,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    G.5.1 Multiplicative operators

    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If one operand has real type and the other operand has imaginary type, then the result has imaginary type. If both operands have imaginary type, then the result has real type. (If @@ -23098,10 +23097,10 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi iy i(yu) -yv (-yv) + i(yu)

    -

             x + iy       (xu) + i(yu)        (-yv) + i(xv)
     
    +

    If the second operand is not complex, then the result and floating-point exception behavior of the / operator is defined by the usual mathematical formula:

    @@ -23116,10 +23115,10 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
             iy               i(y/u)                     y/v
     
    -

             x + iy       (x/u) + i(y/u)        (y/v) + i(-x/v)
     
    +

    The * and / operators satisfy the following infinity properties for all real, imaginary, and complex operands:325)

      @@ -23145,7 +23144,6 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi EXAMPLE 1 Multiplication of double _Complex operands could be implemented as follows. Note that the imaginary unit I has imaginary type (see G.6). -

               #include <math.h>
               #include <complex.h>
      @@ -23195,13 +23193,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                         return x + I * y;
                 }
       
      +

      This implementation achieves the required treatment of infinities at the cost of only one isnan test in ordinary (finite) cases. It is less than ideal in that undue overflow and underflow may occur.

      EXAMPLE 2 Division of two double _Complex operands could be implemented as follows. -

                 #include <math.h>
                 #include <complex.h>
      @@ -23247,19 +23245,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                         return x + I * y;
                }
       
      +

      Scaling the denominator alleviates the main overflow and underflow problem, which is more serious than for multiplication. In the spirit of the multiplication example above, this code does not defend against overflow and underflow in the calculation of the numerator. Scaling with the scalbn function, instead of with division, provides better roundoff characteristics. -

      footnotes
      +

      Footnotes

      325) These properties are already implied for those cases covered in the tables, but are required for all cases (at least where the state for CX_LIMITED_RANGE is ''off'').

      G.5.2 Additive operators

      -
      Semantics
      +

      Semantics

      If both operands have imaginary type, then the result has imaginary type. (If one operand has real type and the other operand has imaginary type, or if either operand has complex @@ -23283,7 +23282,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi x + iy (x (+-) u) + iy x + i(y (+-) v) (x (+-) u) + i(y (+-) v)

    -

    G.6 Complex arithmetic

    +

    G.6 Complex arithmetic <complex.h>

    The macros

    @@ -23323,14 +23322,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
     

    Each of the functions cabs and carg is specified by a formula in terms of a real function (whose special cases are covered in annex F): -

              cabs(x + iy) = hypot(x, y)
              carg(x + iy) = atan2(y, x)
     
    +

    Each of the functions casin, catan, ccos, csin, and ctan is specified implicitly by a formula in terms of other complex functions (whose special cases are specified below): -

              casin(z)        =   -i casinh(iz)
              catan(z)        =   -i catanh(iz)
    @@ -23338,6 +23336,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              csin(z)         =   -i csinh(iz)
              ctan(z)         =   -i ctanh(iz)
     
    +

    For the other functions, the following subclauses specify behavior for special cases, including treatment of the ''invalid'' and ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exceptions. For families of functions, the specifications apply to all of the functions even though only the @@ -23353,7 +23352,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    326) As noted in G.3, a complex value with at least one infinite part is regarded as an infinity even if its other part is a NaN. @@ -23574,7 +23573,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi The cpow functions raise floating-point exceptions if appropriate for the calculation of the parts of the result, and may raise spurious exceptions.327) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    327) This allows cpow( z , c ) to be implemented as cexp(c clog( z )) without precluding implementations that treat special cases more carefully. @@ -23602,7 +23601,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi -

    G.7 Type-generic math

    +

    G.7 Type-generic math <tgmath.h>

    Type-generic macros that accept complex arguments also accept imaginary arguments. If an argument is imaginary, the macro expands to an expression whose type is real, @@ -23862,11 +23861,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    Annex I

    -

                                          (informative)
                                     Common warnings
     
    +

    An implementation may generate warnings in many situations, none of which are specified as part of this International Standard. The following are a few of the more common situations. @@ -23907,11 +23906,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi

    Annex J

    -

                                           (informative)
                                        Portability issues
     
    +

    This annex collects some information about portability that appears in this International Standard.